HomeMy WebLinkAbout11-04-24 through 11-25-24 (46) Additional TestimoniesFrom:Ali Eden
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan!!!
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 8:34:32 AM
Aloha,
Please stop the globalist/technocrat agenda 2045 for the Big Island. Do YOU really want to
live under their dystopian plan? Who wants more rules and restrictions? Money is neverworth listening to these tyrants, I hope our representatives are not lining their pockets.
We cannot allow their plans to destroy our way of life. Please toss it out and refer to the 2005General Plan.
Ignoring the people seems to be the real agenda these days. We will not be silenced.
Sincerely,Ali
From:Planning General Plan
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Cc:Planning General Plan
Subject:FW: General Plan 2045
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 3:28:42 PM
From: chris hi <chrishi03@gmail.com>
Sent: Monday, November 4, 2024 2:46 PM
To: Planning General Plan <generalplan@hawaiicounty.gov>
Subject: General Plan 2045
Below is a transcript of my oral testimony with minor typo changes.
Thank you for your consideration,Chris Hirose
----
Transcript of my oral testimony:
I think General plan 2045
is part of the UN agenda 2030 Sustainable Development Goals.
There's a global ruling class that creates global problems so they can peddle global
solutions that gives them power and wealth while making us serfs.
This ruling class owns at least a part of the central banks all around the world.
For example the Federal Reserve is a privately owned central bank of the US.
The Federal Reserve's own website says it pays dividends to its shareholders. Alsoits income is exempt from taxes except for real estate transactions.
That's why on the top of every dollar it says "Federal Reserve Note."
The Federal Reserve was created in 1913 and was used to fund both sides of WorldWar I in 1914.
That same year in 1913, the Federal Income tax was created, to pay the debt of war.
The solution to global war, is global governance, so the League of Nations was
formed.
World War II was a repeat of World War I, so the United Nations was formed.
On 9/11 a false flag was done to start the global war on terror. That's why on 9/11, 3
World Trade Center buildings were destroyed in controlled demolitions. Unlike
Buildings 1 & 2, Building 7 fell in a controlled demolition without a plane hitting it.
Event 201 done in October 2019 is the Building 7 of Covid.
Event 201 shows the Covid pandemic was pre-planned and done on purpose. It is still
online.
It was sponsored by the Gates Foundation, the World Economic Forum and John
Hopkins.
The Rockefellers are connected to the Gates family and The World Economic Forum.
John Rockefeller Sr started John Hopkins School.
Fauci's NIAID funded the Wuhan Lab where the alleged covid lab leak occurred.
Fauci's NIAID also funded Ralph Baric who patented Covid and its predecessor
SARS.
Baric wrote a paper with the Wuhan Lab "Bat Lady" Shi Zhengli.
Covid was like a World War, because most countries went into massive debt to their
central banks.
The global warming solution is 15 minute cities with the China model surveillance and
control.
The Globalists are using weather weapons to achieve this with clear evidence in
Alcapulco, Mexico with unnatural hurricanes.
Alcapulco was targeted as a smart city. The people there are rebellious and there'snot even police, only military.
Last year hurricane Otis went from a tropical storm to a cat 5 hurricane in less than 24
hours. It hit Alcapulco with 165 mph winds.
This Year hurricane John went from tropical storm to a Cat 3 hurricane in 18 hours. It
hit Alcapulco then it went back out to sea and then hit Alcapulco again as a Cat 1
"zombie" hurricane.
From:Christopher Barham
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Comments for 2045 plan....keep the 2025 plan please!
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 9:53:14 AM
Dear Madam or Sir,
I am a land rural land owner and great believer of government stewardship. Particulalry helping to deal with
important issues where commercial interests are in opposition to the greater voter and community interest.
Additionally stewardship is important in dealing with longer term time horizons, as this tries plan to do. I also
believe in a strong communication process, which we are so engaged. What I find strange, is that there is really a
lack of professionalism, (significant lack of key defintions having in part come from a legal background), in the
creation of this 2045 document that is completley taking a different direction to the 2025 equivelant. Is this 2045
paper rushed, or a willfull desire to decieve the constituents? There is a terrible history of abuse in Hawaii, and
this document really continues in that direction. I would like to know who developed the new directions and
perspectives of this tome?
I am a believer in some aspectes of the U.N. but clearly it is also quite dysfunctional with the Security Council and
other agenecies or groups under it's umbrella. The WEF, is not far from some of my economic professor family
perspectives, and as I comment to them, the only natural world equivalent to the current economic paradigm of
unlimited growth is cancer. I suspect we need to move toward something like Bhutan which has Gross Domestic
Happiness as one of it's economic indicators. In the U.S.A., democracy as we typically interpret it never existed, as
it was the white, wealthy landowners who directed what happened at the formation of this country, and this
power has obtensibly now been transferred to the Commerical sector. It is vital that human beings and
communities really shape what is best for them, as opposed to commerical or other interests.
Do you function from a place of inner awareness that is fear-based, and all the inherent complication and viscious
viscious circles of insufficiency, force, and distortion of the human character, or do you choose to be self aware of
the human ego and lead from a place of the wisdom and bliss bodies? In this day and age, if our government
leaders are not functioning from the bliss and wisdome bodies, having done internal work to understand the
images and belief structures that are dulistic in nature, and so choose to lead from unity and Oneness from
beyond the mind and self-structure, then they need to learn to do this or resign. I am happy to create an ongong
training program for the County and State should you so be called to function from a more empowering place of
awareness and self-responsibility. In fact, this kind of education could be a part of how all teachers and children
share and learn. I would love to see Hawaii be the heart of the World and transform internally to support the
same globally. Let us be a World leader in all aspects of life here on the Islands. Obviously if you do not
understand these words and meaning, it is time to consider some training and create a new possibility that is truly
affirmative and nourishing of Source and all spirit be it human, flora, fauna, or rock or mineral etc. Everything is
One and interconnected in the external illusionary perception of the dream....and it is o.k. to not take that route
too. It will just enrich us all in ways beyond what we currently understand or perceive if you choose "yes" to what
is ultimately love.
The Big Island General Plan 2005 supported communities to thrive AND supported stewardship of the land.
The current 2045 plan is a reversal to the vision of the 2005 plan! Please throw it out and start using the 2005
plan to move the Big Island forward!
Here are a some reasons to throw out the 2045 plan as it currently stands:
1. There are many insufficienlty defined terms. I expect minimally you are clearly identifying the meaning of
language that is innocuous.
2. The language is not clear what the plan wishes to accomplish. There are MANY concerning sections that
sound like rights, freedoms, and property are at risk with this plan.
3. Page 111, section 17.4: "Land use application shall identify as early as possible any existing or potential
active living corridors that should be incorporated into the counties open space network." This sounds like you'll
be looking at people's property to take for open space because they apply for land use. That is not Pono and is an
invasion of privacy!
4. 2.2 Biocultural Stewardship Goal (1.13): "Incentive private land management practices that enhance
natural resources and values and when appropriate pursue the acquisitions of lands for the protections of natural
resources." We've seen your incentives like the tax incentives on Maui, which is costing people thousands if they
don't do what the government wants. You want to acquire land to protect natural resources and values. Who gets
to decide what are natural resources and values? Whose values are they? Why do you think it's your right to
"pursue" acquiring someone's private property?!!
5. You have an entire section on climate change that looks to take away many freedoms and rights. Did you
know there are close to 2K credentialed scientists from around the world that state there is no climate danger?
https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/ The reason for this narrative is the change these policies will create
will increase the pocket book of investors in renewable energy as it reduces freedoms for the general population.
Also, climate change is a natural phenomena on the Earth, whether we as humans asissted it or not. For hundreds
of millions of years there has been climate change on Earth, and magnetic field changes like the one we are going
thorugh now related to changes in the core of the Earth. Additionally the local galaxy's planets are also heating
up, so this phenomena is not limited to Earth. To my current knowledge, there were no humans hundreds of
millions of years ago here on Earth, nor currenlty on these other planets.
6. Page 116, 19.7: "Concurrency reviews should incorporate reduction in vehicle miles traveled to mitigate
traffic impacts and achieve sustainability and demand management goals." The Constitution says we have the
right to travel! It is not the right of the Planning department to "demand" that your management goals reduce
that right! Anything that reads, "Reduce vehicle miles traveled" should be removed from this plan!
Please take a look at this pdf that shares a lot more issues with this general plan (these are inserted below but the
pdf has color and easier to read).
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
7. The words home owner and farmer are written zero times in the General Plan 2045. Farmer is in the
2005 general plan 14 times and home owner is written 4 times. 2005 General Plan was created by people who
know Hawaii, her people and the land. That is the plan Big Island should use moving forward.
There are many other reasons to use 2005 General Plan other than GP 2045. The biggest is the amount of
regulations that 2045 would put on current and future generations as it takes away freedoms and imposes more
rules, and fines. It would completely change the way of life on the Big Island!
More specifically:
Page: 27
Implementation Strategies
“Zoning & Land Use Regulations
Update regulations to align with the goals of the General Plan.”
Please change to: “Update regulations” to “align with the goals of local Communities and the General
Plan.”
“Public-Private Partnerships Collaborate with private entities and homeowners to achieve mutual
development and conservation objectives.”
CONCERN: The word “Homeowner” is not written anywhere in the entire plan. That is VERY concerning.
Why are you leaving homeowners out of the general plan that will affect them and their future
generations? Please include “homeowner” wherever “stakeholder” is and where suggested in this
document. Also, please be clear about who these private entities are that you want to collaborate with so
this is more transparent.
“Community Engagement Continuously engage residents and stakeholders in the decision- making
process.”
CONCERN: The community deserves to know who “Stakeholders” are and EXACTLY what they have stake in.
Please define.
Page: 28
1.1 The purposes of the General Plan are to:
● Provide the framework for regulatory
decisions, capital improvement priorities, acquisition strategies, and other pertinent government programs within
the County organization and coordinated with State and Federal programs.
This sounds like you want to take people’s property through acquisition and regulate the heck out of locals.
Please change to the following: Provide framework that supports local farmers and communities without further
regulations, capital improvement priorities, and other pertinent local and government programs within the
County organization and coordinate with State and Federal programs to support thriving communities.
● “Promote and safeguard the public interest and the interest of the County as a whole.”
Please change to the following: ““Promote and safeguard the public interest and the interest of the County as a
whole without violating personal freedoms, the Constitution or further regulating the public.”
● “Effect political and technical coordination in community improvement and development.”
CONCERN: This sounds like you will bring politics into community living. That is not pono. Please change to:
“Effect strategies that support community improvements and development
for locals.”
“The 2045 General Plan is the primary policy document for county agencies, planning commissions, elected
officials, landowners, developers, and citizens to guide land use policy decisions for the Island of Hawaiʻi.”
Please change to: The 2045 General Plan is the primary policy document for county agencies, planning
commissions, elected officials, landowners, homeowners, developers, and locals to guide land use policy decisions
for the Island of Hawaiʻi.
Please add: (a) The general plan shall contain a statement of development objectives, standards and principles
with respect to the most desirable use of land within the county for residential, recreational, agricultural,
commercial, industrial and other purposes which shall be consistent with proper conservation of natural
resources without violating personal rights and freedoms, and supporting local communities to prosper, and the
preservation of our natural beauty and historical sites, while still giving access to the public; the most desirable
density of population in the several parts of the county (Remove)
(b) The council shall enact zoning, subdivision, and such other ordinances which shall contain the necessary
provisions to support thriving communities, farmers and homeowners. The way it is currently written describes
zoning people out of their homes with more regulations and fines.
Page 29:
(d) Amendments to the general plan may be initiated by the council or the planning director
giving adequate notice to the public for needed testimony.
Page 32:
CONCERN WITH THE THREE CIRCLE “SUSTAINABILITY” DIAGRAM: The words: Sustainability and Equity are part of a
political woke vocabulary and should not be in the Hawaii General Plan. Also, “Social and Culture Equity” should
be removed. It is not the responsibility of the planning department to control the behavior of people. That again is
a “woke” agenda. Nor does this language reflect a thriving community. “Environmental Protection” gives the
impression of more regulations and a reduction of people’s rights. Please remove it.
Instead call it: INNOVATION with these 3 circles: Economic Alternatives, Environmental Support, Thriving
Communities
The goal of the planning department should be to create an environment of prosperity and not one of over
regulation and constraints on locals. We can do those through new innovations and
1.4 Innovation Principles and Practices
CONCERN: Big Island needs to move toward free energy, which is available and not
more regulations on what we have.
Change: Integrating innovation into the General Plan is crucial for fostering long-term resilience and thriving
communities.
Change: “This includes increasing the effectiveness of new technologies to support local communities, improving
coordination among various agencies and levels of government, and finding new and innovative ways to support
our natural and cultural resources. for better development that supports a thriving environment,
economic alternatives (sharing without taxes, trading without regulation), and flourishing communities. The
General Plan recognizes this need and aligns with the Hawaiʻi 2050 Sustainability Plan1, which sets a strategic
framework for achieving a sustainable future. By embedding sustainability principles into its core, this Plan sets
forth a cohesive and forward- thinking strategy that addresses key challenges and anticipates future
needs.” Please remove what is highlighted!
not sustainability.Sustainability moves Big Island backwards not forward!
CONCERN: By using the word “Sustainable” you are not supporting Hawaii to move forward. You are creating
more control of the environment, and communities. That is not Pono and violates the HS [§5-7.5] "Aloha Spirit":
"Aloha" means mutual regard and affection and extends warmth in caring with no obligation in return. If the
planning department creates a general plan that adds more regulations and constraints on locals, they violate the
Aloha Spirit law.
The Hawaiʻi 2050 Innovation Plan “created the State’s first definition of sustainability” (remove): A Hawaiʻi that
achieves the following:
1. Respects the culture, character, beauty, and history of our state’s island communities;
2. Support a thriving community both socially and economically as we support our
environment to heal and prosper; and
3. Meets the needs of the present without violating freedoms or compromising the ability of
future generations to meet their own needs.
Page 33:
In the diagram: “Regulatory Measures”
● County Code
● Administrative Rules
● Permits
This shows that this general plan will increase restrictions and fees on farmers and other locals. This is not
Pono. The plan should reflect innovation not constraints against the population. Please change to
CHANGE TO: “Innovation Practices”
● Implement new resources
● Administration support
● Economic Alternatives
Remove “permits”. Stop trying to permit the population to death!
CURRENTLY: The Plan also incorporates guidelines to serve as strategic directions and standards to inform
decisions regarding topics such as land use, infrastructure, housing, and resource management. These guidelines
help to ensure consistency in planning and implementation, promoting sustainable growth, environmental
stewardship, and community well-being. (This is a complete overreach of the government. You cannot tell people
what to do with their property! It is NOT the responsibility of the planning department to ensure people’s well-
being! This should be revised to support environment, innovations, and thriving communities.)
• Vision: The ability to plan for the future with creativity and innovation in support of thriving communities.
• Goal: To see Hawaii Island become self-sustaining as communities and the environment prosper
• Objective: Measurable, achievable, and time-bound milestones toward achieving a goal.
• Guideline: A stated course of action that shall take precedence when addressing areas of concern and should be
followed, unless a determination is made that it is not the most desirable in a particular case; thus, a guideline
may be deviated from without penalty or sanction as long2 as it supports thriving communities, economic
alternatives and supporting the environment.
Page 34
Regulatory Implementing Actions (Locals DO NOT need more regulations and hoops to jump through. That will
not support thriving communities.)
Regulatory implementing actions are one of two types of approaches used in the General Plan to pursue the
vision, goals, and objectives. Regulatory actions are controlling in that they define boundaries, development
parameters, and measures intended to implement goals or objectives. The three regulatory implementing actions
in the Plan include:
Please change the last paragraph to:
Work with local communities to pursue the vision, goals, and objectives. Find fair and supportive directions to
define boundaries, development parameters, and measures intended to implement goals or objectives. Three
actions in the Plan include:
● General Plan Land Use Map: A map that graphically delineates the areas of intended future land use
types that support thriving communities and environmental support and do not hinder personal freedoms.
● Policy: A general rule for action focused on a specific issue, derived from more general goals3 that also
support thriving communities and supporting the environment.
• Standard: A supportive measure that defines the meaning, quality, or quantity of a policy by providing a
way to measure its attainment.
In the General Plan, future land use maps, policies, and standards are specific to the actions through which
zoning ordinances, subdivisions, and public improvements or projects are initiated or adopted through
innovations and are flexible to support thriving communities. “because, as they must conform to and
implement the general plan in accordance with the County Charter, Section 3-15.” Remove! The word
“conform” is concerning. We are not in Communist China. Please revise to support thriving communities.
Non-regulatory implementing actions typically involve community engagement, education and outreach,
partnership development, and resource allocation to encourage support from the community (remove
“compliance") and proactive efforts. This approach allows for flexibility and innovation in achieving the
Plan’s vision.
Throughout the General Plan, the objectives and policies are followed by a set of implementing actions.
There are three types:
Add: Community Support: Taking testimony and revisions from the community seriously and implementing
where possible.
Page 35:
1.6 Grounded Vision and Goals
As we navigate our future, maintaining a balance between economic alternatives, environmental support,
and thriving communities is paramount.
By integrating those established values and principles, the General Plan ensures continuity and reflects the
collective vision of Hawaiʻi Island residents, guiding new innovation developments while honoring our
unique cultural and environmental heritage.
The four primary chapters of the Plan encompass the innovation pillars of environment, community, and
economy, as outlined in the Hawaiʻi State Planning Act Goals.
General Plan Vision Statement
Hawaiʻi Island is an exemplary leader with healthy and resilient communities that are built by innovative
developments, a thriving and diversified local economy, and collaborative biocultural stewardship with locals.
General Plan Chapter Goal
Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship
Natural and cultural resources are thriving and sustainably
managed, preserved, and restored to maintain our unique and
diverse environment and use innovative techniques if and when
appropriate to support future growth.
Addressing Climate Change for Island-Wide
Health
CONCERN: Please realize there is no climate
change emergency. 1944 credentialed
scientists from around the world have signed
a “No Climate Change Emergency
Declaration”. You can find
it here:https://clintel.org/world-climate-
declaration/ Humans have less than 1% affect
on climate. Please do your own research on
this.
Ensure the science is followed and investigate credentialed
scientists and the Milankovitch cycles of which both have shown
the earth is cooling. Since humans have less than 1% impact on
climate, start supporting ways that we can maintain a healthy
island by incorporating policies, programs, infrastructure, and
decision-making that support the environment and thriving
communities. And NOT policies that take away more freedoms
and regulate locals to death!
Hawaii Island will not believe in false narratives with political
agendas.
Innovative Development & Thriving We strategically apply innovative land use
Communities
It is NOT the
responsibility of the
planning
department to manage
the health and safety
of communities. That is
an overreach of the
government!
strategies incorporating indigenous and contemporary knowledge and place-based
practices to direct and manage growth for thriving communities.
Each community is connected by a multimodal and modernized transportation network
that provides a system for safe, efficient, and comfortable movement of people and
goods.
Our communities are adequately served by innovation and efficient public
infrastructure, utilities, and services based on existing and future growth needs, sound
design principles, and effective maintenance practices.
Our communities are thriving and supported and have access to integrative health,
education, and social services to support a high quality of life for all residents.
Residents have access to adequate (change to: comfortable) and affordable housing to
meet the needs of the population and provide equitable (remove) opportunities for
household flexibility and mobility.
We employ integrated systems that are efficient, equitable (remove), fair, and
organized to facilitate coordination and collaboration.
Thriving,
Diversified, Competitive
with Economic
Alternatives
Our economy is competitive, innovative, and supportive. It helps our communities
thrive and increases local economic opportunities.
Agriculture is a robust sector that supports local farmers and includes a broad range of
agricultural-based businesses that highlight value, organic and good health practices.
A high quality of life for locals is maintained when a supportive visitor industry
balances economic growth with natural and cultural
responsibility.
Page: 38
2.1 Introduction
Collaborative biocultural (remove) stewardship is an approach to innovation development that emphasizes
collaboration and partnership building among stakeholders (Who are they and what do they have stake in?), and
homeowners and integrates natural and cultural resource management strategies to promote thriving
communities. conservation, sustainability, and resilience (remove).
Cooperative efforts aimed at achieving innovative development sustainable management (remove) of ecological
systems are crucial for protecting our natural and built environments. Land use planning and management should
be holistic, inclusive (remove), and adaptive to reflect thriving communities values, knowledge, and aspirations
(remove). The General Plan provides key strategies to achieve biocultural (remove) supportive stewardship,
including community engagement, partnership building, collaborative decision-making, and collective action.
Environmental and social systems are complex and dynamic. These systems will require adaptive management
and continuous learning as we navigate the future. The policies presented in this section seek to foster
partnerships that are based on mutual respect, trust, and shared values. The community engagement process
must be inclusive to incorporate diverse perspectives and knowledge systems into conservation and development
strategies. Following such practices can promote the co-creation of knowledge, the sharing of resources, and the
empowerment of communities. By leveraging the strengths and resources of different
, and homeowners we can enhance the capacity of communities to manage natural and cultural
resources sustainably
(remove). We can also facilitate the creation of new networks and alliances, promoting social cohesion and
resilience. Ultimately, the collaborative biocultural stewardship approach can foster a more integrated, inclusive,
and equitable approach to conservation and development that reflects the aspirations and needs of local
communities. (REMOVE THIS IS LANGUAGE IT
stakeholders REMOVE (Who are they and what do they have stake in?)
IS DESIGNED TO REDUCE FREEDOMS INCREASE GOVERNMENT AND STAKEHOLDER OVERREACH AND BRING IN
MORE GOVERNMENT CONTROL)
CHANGE TO: We can also facilitate the creation of new innovative programs that support and reflect the
aspirations of thriving local communities.
This fundamental element of the Plan strives to cultivate a sense of place and connection to the environment and
recognizes that the management of natural and cultural resources requires the participation of local communities,
government, homeowners and other agencies diverse actors, including communities, governments, non-
governmental organizations, and private sector entities. By promoting collaborative decision-making and
collective action, we can enhance the effectiveness, equity, and legitimacy of conservation and development and
innovative policies. By promoting community-based conservation and restoration strategies, we can enhance
ecological integrity, promote biodiversity, and preserve cultural heritage and scenic
diversity in shaping environmental perceptions, attitudes, and behaviors (Remove. People do not want to be
manipulated). [It recognizes that cultural practices arising from traditional ecological knowledge are integral to
maintaining ecosystem services and biological diversity.] (remove)
Change to: Cultural practices arising from traditional ecological knowledge are integral to supporting the growth
of thriving communities that wish to improve their environment.
Page 39:
Table 1: Biocultural (change to Land) Stewardship Challenges
The word “Bioculture” is reflective of both biological and cultural factors that affect human behavior. Locals do
not want the planning department to affect our behavior. Your job is to support the land, environment, and
thriving communities.
Native Habitat
• Hawaiʻi has been known as the extinction capital of the world.
• Climate change and sea level rise pose threats to existing habitats for native flora and fauna.
climate danger. This is a narrative created by the “stakeholders” to move their agenda forward.
landscapes.(Redundant Remove)Biocultural stewardship acknowledges the role of cultural
REMOVE(Again, according to 1944 credential scientists from around the world, there is no
https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/) Has the water level risen in any of the towns in Hawaii?
• Longer and/or more severe weather and climate change may increase the likelihood of
melted out of cars, where animals and humans are left recognizable, and where plastic doesn’t burn or even melt
is not normal. That was an attack and murder of our Lahaina ohana. That is why only 20 building permits have
been issued after a year! AND why Lahahina is STILL locked down!)
• Invasive species continue to pose a threat to native and endemic species as well economic, environmental, and
human health. (Reminder: It is not the responsibility of the planning department to protect people’s health.)
• The carrying capacity of our resources is not comprehensively modeled and monitored.
(Modeled and monitored should be for government agencies.)
• The County lacks specific regulations for wetlands, riparian ecosystems, or other valuable habitats.
Stewardship
• The County has a limited budget for its large-scale geographic responsibility for the protection of public trust
natural and cultural resources. (Revise. This doesn’t make sense. What are you trying to say? What responsibility
are you talking about? What does the protection of public trust mean?)
• Hawaiʻi Island has a large variation of unique biomes and ecosystems.
• The difference between traditional and modern practices along with varying mauka to makai ownership makes it
difficult to comprehensively steward natural resources.
Page 40
Native Habitat
The County can collaborate with the State Office of Planning and Sustainable Development to create models for
monitoring the carrying capacity of natural resources that will support farmers and thriving communities.
wildfires. REMOVE (The Maui fire was NOT normal. A fire where trees do not burn but glass is
• Ongoing conservation work can continue to evolve from species-specific conservation (e.g., Albizia eradication)
to focus on ecosystem restoration across multiple land ownership to protect Hawaiʻi’s biodiversity and support
local farms.
• Maintaining healthy, native-dominant forests offers immense savings of land biocultural (Remove) and water
resources that might otherwise be lost to the impacts of climate change (Remove) and invasive species.
• Conservation lands hold significant value in the water resources they represent.
• Incentivizing and developing regenerative land uses without further regulations or fines, such as agroforestry,
can provide sustainable opportunities to ecosystems and communities.
• Hawaiʻi can become a statewide adaptation and resiliency leader by focusing on its unique strengths and
diversity to evolve with changing realities.
• Urban forestry can be prioritized or incentivized in the County Code. This means more regulations and possible
fines. No thank you! Change to: Support the further growth of current urban forestry
Watersheds
● Establish more place-based watershed partnerships to create unique management plans that incorporate the
generational knowledge of those water systems and protect our island’s watersheds and local farms.
• Strengthen the integration of Hawaiian biocultural remove resource management and traditional ecological
knowledge across County government to support local farms.
• Practice an integrated approach to ecosystem-based collaborative management that considers the entire
ecosystem and local communities.
• Watershed protection and management require collaboration and coordination across all levels of government
and must include effective community engagement. Revise to: Support Watershed and management coordination
which integrates local communities.
Stewardship
● Hawaiʻi Island has a large variation of its unique natural biomes and ecosystems.
● Ongoing interagency coordination, including consultation with place-based land stewards,cultural and historical
advisory groups, land and homeowners, and other stakeholders being transparent of what they hold stake in.
• The County can take a more proactive role in exercising its protective public trust role for natural and cultural
resources. This sounds like government overreach. Again, the planning department is NOT responsible for
protecting the public. That is a byproduct of what you do but it is NOT the main part of your job! Revise to: The
County can take a more proactive role in supporting thriving communities and their natural and cultural
resources.
• Maintain and increase involvement with existing partnerships and identify new partners that help promote and
enhance biocultural (remove) Land stewardship.
• Collaborate to complete additional EPA-approved watershed plans to increase eligibility for future conservation
funding.
Page 41
2.2 Biocultural Stewardship Goal,
Objectives, Policies, and Actions
Objective 1
Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats.
Policies
1.4 Maintain the shoreline for recreational, cultural, educational, and/or scientific uses in a manner that is
protective of nature, respectful of resources, and is of the maximum benefit to the general public.
1.8 Prioritize native landscaping for all County projects while allowing communities to enjoy it at their leisure.
1.11 Encourage and incentivize green belts, tree plantings, and landscape plans and designs in urban
areas without further regulations or fines.
1.13 Incentivize private land management practices that protect and enhance natural resource and values without
further regulations or fines. and, when appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural
resources (Remove! This is a 110% overreach of the government.)
1.14 Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers, homeowners, and
other stakeholders (What do they have a stake in? Who are they?) to:
Page 42:
a) Implement the Hawai‘i State Wildlife Action Plan (SWAP) (What is this plan? Where can it be found?)
b) Better understand and model carrying capacities of the island’s habitats and resources
c) Improve the inventory of forested lands and associated ecosystem services
d) Encourage the continued identification and inclusion of unique wildlife habitat areas of Native Hawaiian habitat
within the Natural Area Reserve System
e) Anticipate future habitat migration, especially wetlands and coastal ecosystems
f) Prioritize quantitative wetland assessment to identify wetlands
g) Expand native and/or endemic forest cover
h) Improve enforcement for illegal activities that harm or degrade endemic habitats (Who is defining endemic
habitats and how is it defined? I MUST be defined by Hawaii citizen commission and not anyone outside Hawaii.
Mainland people should NOT be able to define this.)
1.18 Public landscaping and irrigation shall be designed to maximize water use efficiency and native plants.
Actions
1.b Review tree survey requirements and amend the Code to incorporate as part of site planning for public use.
1.h Develop buffer policies to protect native forests, wildlife, rivers, streams, coastal waters, and other native
habitats without. This is too vague. What policies are you considering and will that come with penalties? If so,
remove this.
Page 43
1.i Create incentives for landowners to retain and re-establish forest cover in upland watershed areas with an
emphasis on native forest species without further regulations or fines.
1.k Amend the landscape standards in Rule or Code (Remove) to require the use of native plants for screening or
landscaping.
Change to: Support local education on the importance of using native plants for screening or landscaping.
1.l Amend the Code to incentivize (Remove) Replace with Support local education on the importance of the
establishment of threatened and endangered endemic plant species within their habitable ranges during
development approvals.
1.m Review the Code and consider amendments to encourage site clustering of development in order to avoid
critical environmental areas and assets. REMOVE
This is more unneeded regulations. This is BIG Island. People do not need to be ontop of each other. You’re
promoting too many regulations.
1.n Develop and establish Open Space Network Overlay on current unoccupied territory for natural landscape
features, such as beaches and dunes, forests, streams, floodplains, wetlands, estuaries, or recharge areas that
have the inherent capacity to avoid, minimize, or mitigate the impacts of climate change (Remove)
1.q Develop comprehensive programs and policies and provide resources for enhancing urban forestry canopy
cover in unoccupied areas and without further regulations or fines for local farmers.
1.u Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders and local
farmers to develop a program for the identification and protection of plant species of special status, including
plants significant for cultural practitioners.
Page 44:
2.7 Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers, and homeowners, and
other stakeholders (Remove. Who are these people and what do they have stake in?) to:
○ a) Implement a comprehensive conservation plan that identifies priority watershed areas for habitat
restoration and enhancement without further regulations or fines on locals.
○ b) Review and designate forest, river corridors, and watershed areas into the conservation district during
State land use boundary comprehensive reviews.
○ c) Monitor nearshore water quality and impacts to reefs and marine environments and address land-
based sources of impacts.
○ d) Protect and restore wetlands and riparian corridors to ensure more pristine water quality, decrease
erosion, and increase sediment management, groundwater infiltration, nutrient/pollutant uptake, soil
moisture retention, stormwater abatement, and cultural/community connections without further
regulations or fines on locals..
○ e) Develop reasonable standards to improve stream and coastal water quality monitoring and encourage
local communities to develop such projects without further regulations or fines on locals.
Page 45
Objective 3
Increase direct community restoration and collaborative efforts to conserve and nourish the island’s
biocultural resources.
Policies
3.1 Encourage an overall conservation ethic in the use of Hawaiʻi’s resources by protecting, preserving, and
conserving critical and significant natural resources without further fines and regulation on the population.
Pg 47
Actions
4.b Change from: Reassess Certified Local Government status to ensure the support of farmers and
homeowners and maximize funding opportunities for self-supporting communities.
4.h Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, other local
communities, and other stakeholders (remove or let us know what they have stake in) to develop design
guidelines for designated communities containing significant historic buildings, sites, or landscapes.
4.i Assess and prioritize County-owned lands for historic site restoration in collaboration with government,
private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, other local communities, and other stakeholders
(remove or let us know what they have stake in).
Page 48
Objective 5
Protect, restore, and enhance our communities’ unique scenic character.
Policies
5.c Develop a process for reviewing and revising guidelines for designating Natural Beauty Sites without invasion
of current resident areas or local farms.
5.d Establish a Scenic Resources Protection Program to identify, inventory, and protect areas of significant beauty.
The program could include recommendations from the Scenic Resources Inventory and Mapping Project
(2016) without invasion of current resident areas or local farms.
Page 56
3.1 Introduction
The climate change section of the General Plan is intended to be used as a policy guide for the coordinated
climate mitigation and adaptation efforts on Hawaiʻi Island. This element provides a high-level policy framework,
building on the scientific knowledge and government-level strategies and actions developed in the Integrated
Action Plan (ICAP) for the island of Hawaiʻi.
This is VERY Concerning!
As stated earlier the World Climate Declaration was signed currently by 1,944 scientists
stating there is no climate danger. Here is what a few more scientists have to say. On the
Boston Globe’s YouTube channel, on May 14, 2010, MIT Professor of Meteorology Richard
Lindzen shared the following:
“If one asks, “Is the temperature increasing or decreasing?” it's always doing one
or the other. I have no concern about that. By asking people to worry about
whether it's going up or down, you're immediately establishing dishonesty. The
Earth is always changing. Climate change is nothing you have to prove. It always
is happening. It always has happened. So, to make that into something alarming
seems a little bit weird to me1.”
1 “Global warming: why you should not worry,” by the Boston Globe, May 14, 2010.
Dr. David Dilley, a former Meteorologist with the National Weather Service, United States
Air Force, Senior Research Meteorologist, and Climatologist at Global Weather Oscillations Inc.,
has 50 years’ experience in meteorology and climatology. He's also a working partner in the
International Hurricane Protection Association. This is what he has to say about global warming:
“Global warming begins in the Arctic and Antarctic. It has about a 230-year cycle.
When it comes back, it takes about 20 years for it to hit its peak. It started in the
1990s and hit its peak this past year. With global warming, the Antarctic and
higher regions warm up. As it warms up, you have less cold air available to filter
south into the middle latitudes, and it warms the middle latitudes. That is global
warming2.”
Dilley explained that the same thing happens with global cooling but in reverse, as the
temperature increases and decreases in cycles. Dilley then shared that 2022 was the coldest
spring and summer on record, with the winter of 2021 being the coldest winter on record. He
also shared that in April 2023, five months before the Lahaina Fire, the Earth was running
low-to-normal temperatures, and the Arctic was actually cooling down.
Dilley is also an expert of the “Milankovitch Cycle,” which illustrates the rotation of the
Earth, sun, and the moon, and their effects on global warming. According to Dilley, every
120,000 years, the Earth comes closest to the sun. Then, about 68,000 years later, it's the
furthest approach from the sun. He says that our closest approach was 8,000 years ago. Dilley
states, “We were warmer 6,000 to 8,000 years ago than we are today. The reason was that we
were the closest approach to the sun and we had just come out of an Ice Age. We're 8,000
years off the peak now, and so we're actually cooling down.”
John Coleman, also an expert on the weather, shares the same thoughts. Coleman was
the original weatherman on Good Morning America in the 1970s. He founded The Weather
Channel in the 1980s. In 1982, he was voted “Meteorologist of the Year” by the American
Meteorology Society. With regards to the Arctic and sea levels, Coleman states:
“They tell us that we're melting the polar ice caps. The Antarctic polar ice cap is
at an all-time high, and the Arctic ice cap is increasing again after diminishing.
They tell us that we're flooding the shorelines. Do you live on the coast? How
much has the water come up in your lifetime? They manufactured data to make it
look like we're increasing the water level of the oceans, but we’re not3.”
Professor Richard Lindzen states:
https://youtu.be/pwvVephTIHU?si=XoxAcPc51JNOXdeR
2 “Signals - Global Cooling Cycle Beginning - Global Warming Ending -Professor David Dilley,” by David Dilley
GlobalWeatherCycles, May 10, 2023. https://youtu.be/sa-_tlITPnM?si=67zNptmdOoWQzWqF
3 “John Coleman's case against significant man-made global warming,” by Kusi News, June 24,
2013. https://youtu.be/K56fms2VZTc?si=Cn-ApS8z2Y_kiI76
“At any given place, traditionally, sea level is measured by what are called tide
gauges: a stick in the water, basically. Two things that change are what a tide
gauge shows: the land moving up and down and the sea moving up and down. In
most places, it's the land that has the biggest effect, and so you don't have a
good measure of sea level rise141.”
Let’s review the danger of water rising and engulfing coastline towns. Is there one city or
town on the shoreline that is in danger of being underwater? Is Venice, a town that lives at sea
level, in danger of being lost to the sea? Have home insurance companies stopped giving
insurance policies to homeowners who live on the coastline because they’ll soon be
underwater? The answer would be no!
On August 21, 2020, NASA published an article titled “NASA-led Study Reveals the Causes of
Sea Level Rise Since 1900.” It reads:
“Sea levels have risen on average 1.6 millimeters (0.063 inches) per year
between 1900 and 20184.”
That means the sea level has risen a little over 7.4 inches in the last 118 years! Does that show
the world is in danger of being engulfed by water? No. It shows that it will be a very, very, very
long time before humans are in danger. Does that mean documentaries like “An Inconvenient
Truth” are telling lies?
An article was published in the Seattle Times on October 12, 2007, titled “British judge ruled the
Oscar-winning film on global warming, "An Inconvenient Truth," contains "nine errors5."”
Here is the list of inaccuracies found in Court taken from the “Friends Of Science” website6. The inaccuracies in
the documentary include:
1. The film claims that melting snow s on Mount Kilimanjaro evidence global warming. The
Government’s expert was forced to concede that this is not correct.
2. The film suggests that evidence from ice cores proves that rising CO2 levels cause
temperature increases over 650,000 years. The Court found that the film was misleading: over
that period, the rises in CO2 lagged behind the temperature rises by 800-2,000 years.
4 “NASA-led Study Reveals the Causes of Sea Level Rise Since 1900,” by Ian J. O'Neill / Jane J. Lee, August 21,
2020. https://climate.nasa.gov/news/3012/nasa-led-study-reveals-the-causes-of-sea-level-rise-since-1900/
5“Truth is, Gore film has 9 errors, British judge rules,” by Mary Jordan, Oct 12,
2007. https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/truth-is-gore-film-has-9-errors-british-judge-rules/
6 “Inaccuracies in Al Gore's An Inconvenient Truth - A Ruling of the British High Court”
https://friendsofscience.org/assets/documents/FOS%20Essay/British_High_Court_Ruling_on_An_Inconvenient_Tru
th.html
3. The film uses emotive images of Hurricane Katrina and suggests that this has been caused
by global warming. The Government’s expert had to accept that it was “not possible” to attribute
one-off events to global warming.
4. The film shows the drying up of Lake Chad and claims that this was caused by global
warming. The Government’s expert had to accept that this was not the case.
5. The film claims that a study showed that polar bears had drowned due to disappearing arctic
ice. It turned out that Mr. Gore had misread the study: in fact, four polar bears drowned, and this
was because of a particularly violent storm.
6. The film threatens that global warming could stop the Gulf Stream, throwing Europe into an
ice age. The Claimant’s evidence was that this was a scientific impossibility.
7. The film blames global warming for species losses, including coral reef bleaching. The
Government could not find any evidence to support this claim.
8. The film suggests that sea levels could rise by 7 meters, causing the displacement of millions
of people. In fact, the evidence is that sea levels are expected to rise by about 40 centimeters
over the next 100 years and there is no such threat of massive migration.
9. The film claims that rising sea levels has caused the evacuation of certain Pacific islands to
New Zealand. The Government was unable to substantiate this, and the Court observed that
this appears to be a false claim.
Also, the Court's interim ruling included the following:
High Court Judge Michael Burton stated:
1. The film suggests that the Greenland ice covering could melt, causing sea levels to rise
dangerously. The evidence is that Greenland will not melt for a millennia.
2. The film suggests that the Antarctic ice covering is melting; the evidence was that it is, in fact,
increasing.
“Former Vice President Al Gore, the documentary’s moderator, makes nine
statements in the film that are not supported by the current mainstream scientific
consensus. For instance, Gore’s script implies that Greenland or West Antarctica
might melt soon, creating a sea-level rise of up to 20 feet that would cause
devastation from San Francisco to the Netherlands to Bangladesh139.”
The judge called this “distinctly alarmist” and said the consensus view is that if
Greenland melted, it would release this amount of water “but only after, and over, a millennia.”
The climate change narrative will destroy people’s freedom and add more regulations, fines and
fees. Do not allow this government narrative to continue on the Big Island. The people do NOT
want more laws, regulations, and fines based on a false narrative that completely changes
community infrastructures from self-reliant to “sustainable” living, with “stakeholders” carrying
the purse strings and the power. That is NOT Pono!
Gregg Braden is a geologist, five-time New York Times best-selling author, scientist,
international educator, and renowned as a pioneer in the emerging paradigm based in science,
social policy, and human potential, had this to say about the dangers of carbon on the planet:
“The idea that carbon dioxide is a poison is a false narrative to begin with. We are carbon-based
beings. By demonizing carbon dioxide and carbon life, we’re actually demonizing ourselves7.”
Science 101 shows us that plants take in carbon dioxide and give off oxygen. If plants
die due to lack of carbon dioxide, so do humans for lack of oxygen. During the Cretaceous
Period, which began 145 million years ago and ended 66 million years ago, we had a lot more
carbon than we do today - tons more! This was the time of the dinosaurs, and everything was
huge! Plants were much larger than they are now.
The sea levels were also a lot higher during the Cretaceous Period. Was that due to
more carbon dioxide? Not according to an article at Britannica.com written by Thor Arthur
Hansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and Evolution at Western
Washington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professor of Geological Sciences at Old
Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-checked by The Editors of Encyclopaedia
Britannica and last updated on Feb 7, 2024. The article said that sea level was higher primarily
because the water in the ocean basins was displaced by the enlargement of mid-oceanic
ridges8. It was not due to carbon! It was due to the Earth's mantle.
On January 11, 2023, in an episode titled “Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So
Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OUR Planet?” posted on geologist and scientist Gregg
Braden’s YouTube channel, John L. Petersen of the Arlington Institute stated:
“If you could look at the ice cores in Antarctica and Greenland, you would see that the
temperature of the Earth increases or decreases around 800 years before the change in
carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide does not drive the change; it is the response to
the temperature change9.”
In the same interview, Braden stated:
7 “Gregg Braden - Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OUR Planet?” by
Gregg Braden Official, January 11, 2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
8 “Cretaceous Period,” by Carl Fre Koch, Thor Arthur Hansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-
Period
9 “Why ‘THE POWERS THAT BE’ are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OUR Planet?” by Gregg Braden,
January 11, 2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=cz2jDjrSmJaITiDx
“We’re being led to believe that carbon levels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is
going to be destroyed if they are higher; and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which
are not true147.”
Gregg showed a graph indicating that during the Cretaceous Period, carbon dioxide
levels were over three times higher than they are today. Carbon dioxide levels were between
800-1,000 parts per million. During this period, there was an extreme greening of the Earth.
Plants and life thrived!
According to Braden:
“If CO2 drops below 184 parts per million, that seems to be the threshold where we (humans)
are in trouble! If CO2 drops below those levels, we are actually cutting off the very life-force that
is providing oxygen on this planet.”
Is the entire CO2 narrative intended to increase the bankroll of the “stakeholders” around
the world invested in renewable energy with no regard for human life?
Stakeholders who’ve invested in progressive and “sustainable energy" have a lot to gain
in their pocketbooks by populations living in fear of climate change and believing they will be
“saving” the Earth by going along with renewable energy and electric vehicles. They’ll also be
giving up a lot of their freedoms in doing so.
Page 59
Transportation
The General Plan further discusses strategies for
improving public Transportation Access and Mobility.
The County can reduce its footprint by increasing the percentage of renewable fuel used to power public facilities
and infrastructure,
Page 61
The General Plan expands on opportunities for climate-conscious land development in the Land
Use section without violating people’s rights, over regulating or increasing fines. Page 63
decreasing vehicle reliance and (Remove)
You have no right to hinder people’s
right to travel. Please take ANYTHING out that references decreasing people’s use of their
vehicle!
reducing VMT, (REMOVE).
YOU CANNOT LIMIT
PEOPLE’S RIGHT TO TRAVEL. THAT VIOLATES THE CONSTITUTION AND IS BEYOND
YOUR JURISDICTION
The General Plan further expands on strategies to increase resilience in the Transportation Access and Mobility,
Public Utilities, and Public Facilities and Services sections without violating the Constitution, or over regulating
farmers and homeowners.
The General Plan expands on renewable energy in the Public Utilities section with safety studies prior to
installation, and without increasing costs to the public.
Page 66
Transportation
• Promoting the use of electric vehicles through expanding charging infrastructure and educating the public on
the safety studies done for the use of these vehicles from third parties.
Renewable Energy
• Increasing the use of green technology (including third party safety studies) will increase the energy
independence of individuals and businesses on the island.
• Supporting renewable energy technologies, such as solar, wind, ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC),
and geothermal (Remove. This practice is not safe for an island with active volcanoes!)
Land Use & the Built Environment
• Implementing smart growth strategies, without violating people’s right to travel can reduce urban sprawl and
create more walkable communities.
•
• Encouraging the construction of energy-efficient buildings and retrofitting existing buildings
being sure to prove any additional technology is safe for the public..
• Promoting regenerative agriculture practices that reduce emissions and enhance carbon sequestration while not
further regulating farms or increasing fines.
• Greening urban areas increases the availability of cool areas for residents to live and recreate. • Integrating
energy savings and waste management, without more regulations and fines on the population, provides an
opportunity to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions in new development.
Conservation
• Protecting reefs and marine ecosystems that act as carbon sinks, without hindering public use. • Implementing a
One Water strategy and other water-saving technologies and practices can reduce the energy required for water
treatment and distribution. This is NOT a good idea. If this
• Conserving natural habitats without hindering public use to preserve biodiversity and enhance ecosystem
resilience to climate change.
• Efforts to expand renewable energy, with third party safety studies and without hindering public
Developing a County building code that balances health and safety, affordability, and carbon
footprint (REMOVE! This is more regulations and fines. NOT Pono! It is NOT your responsibility
to focus on people’s health. That is for each individual! This is an overreach!
goes down, where will people get their water? Remove or revise.
use, can consider the preservation of unique and diverse ecosystems, avoiding negative impacts on wildlife and
natural habitats.
Additional Measures
• Implementing policies and regulations that support climate mitigation efforts, without further regulations or
fines on locals. (Please educate yourself)
• Supporting research into new technologies and approaches for reducing emissions and enhancing resilience and
include third party safety studies while ensuring no further cost to the public.
Page 67
Water Resources • Management
Promoting a One Water strategy can create cross-agency collaboration to identify and address overlapping
challenges in adapting to sea level rise and building more resiliency into infrastructure across water, wastewater
and stormwater sectors. How does this promote collaboration? This seems like a monopoly.
Agriculture & • Food Security
Encouraging the cultivation of climate-resilient and diversified crops to enhance food security
without further regulations and fines.
Infrastructure & Urban Planning
● Implement zoning and land use planning policies that consider climate risks and promote sustainable
development after a full investigation of the climate change narrative is examined.
Social Equity
● Engage communities in planning and decision-making processes to ensure that adaptation measures are socially
inclusive (Remove. This is woke language.) and culturally appropriate.
• Improving public engagement about climate change and encouraging sustainable practices.
(Remove and educate yourself on the fact that scientists from around the world have stated
there is no climate danger.)
Retrofitting or relocating bridges and roads provides an opportunity to reduce GHG emissions
by reducing miles traveled. (REMOVE)
THIS VIOLATES THE CONSTITUTION. YOU CANNOT
DEPRIVE PEOPLE OF THE RIGHT TO TRAVEL. ALSO, HOW ARE YOU GOING TO
“RELOCATE” LOCAL BRIDGES. THIS SHOULD BE REMOVED!
(Do not further regulate and fine people without fully investigating the climate
change narrative and proving that any additional technology is safe for the human life.)
● Increasing equitable resilience to climate hazards will benefit historically marginalized and frontline Engage
communities (What does this mean?) and those that are vulnerable to climate change impacts.
Energy & • Transportation
● Invest in renewable energy sources that are proven safe and affordable to the public to reduce GHG
emissions and increase energy resilience.
● Promote energy efficiency in buildings and transportation that are proven safe and affordable to the
public to reduce overall energy consumption and without increasing regulations or fines
Biodiversity & Ecosystems
● Managed retreat strategies and new shoreline setback regulations would expand open space along the
shoreline to support coastal ecosystems such as anchialine pools without hindering public access.
● Supporting conservation programs that are proven safe for the people and the environment can help
protect native species and habitats from climate change impacts without hindering public access and
without increasing regulations and fines.
● Strengthening measures to control and eradicate invasive species can help protect local ecosystems.
● Enhance habitat connectivity to allow species to migrate in response to changing environmental
conditions without hindering public access and without increasing regulations and fines.
Education & Capacity Building
● Build capacity for local government agencies by providing training and resources that improve their
ability to plan and implement climate adaptation initiatives without increasing regulations and fines.
● Collaborate and coordinate with the County’s Office of
● Support research and monitoring efforts to better understand climate impacts and the
effectiveness of adaptation measures. (Please educate yourself on this false ●
Page 68
Sustainability, Climate, Equity,
and Resilience (OSCER). This is woke language and should be removed.
narrative)
Develop and implement educational programs to raise awareness about climate change
and adaptation strategies. REMOVE
(This is a FALSE narrative that you would be
perpetuating.)
3.2 Climate Change Goal, Objectives, Policies, and Actions
This ENTIRE section should be removed. Rosa Korie WARNED that what is planned for this
country through the planning departments “is an erasure of jurisdictional boundaries. It is a loss of
private property rights, a loss of sovereignty - both personal physical sovereignty and physical
sovereignty in terms of our nation - and it's a loss of our freedom.”
From Rosa Koire's special presentation to the New Hampshire Legislature.
https://youtu.be/350IbVtpzvw?si=u_NNsNoL9XtGxDEA
Page 71
8.3 Collaborate with farmers, government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders
REMOVE Who are they? What do they have stake in? to monitor impacts that may be specific to Hawaiʻi County
due to its unique exposure to climate change and sea level rise impacts.
(Please educate yourself on this false narrative. Is Kona or Hilo or any Hawaiian town
close to being underwater? NO!)
8.11 Partner with government (e.g., State Office of Planning and Sustainable Development
[OPSD]), private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders REMOVE Who
are they? What do they have stake in? to analyze conservation buffers to accommodate shifting
native habitats impacted by climate change, particularly wetlands and high-elevation forests.
(Remove this ENTIRE section! We do NOT want “buffer” zones! You want to take away the
ability for people to be in nature. That is NOT pono!)
8.b Support and partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders
REMOVE Who are they? What do they have stake in? on research for adaptive policies and technology that
includes safety studies to the public and environment, that increase resilience without further regulations and
fines on the public..
8.d
8.e Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders REMOVE
Who are they? What do they have stake in? to implement environmentally beneficial upgrades for wastewater,
irrigation, and/or landscaping, including sea level rise, storm, and other climate change considerations.
(Remove). Getting at least three bids for contracts from different companies.
Adopt a land acquisition program with potential leaseback options for the purchase of
hazard- prone locations or those with beneficial attributes for climate adaptation and mitigation.
REMOVE. THIS IS GOVERNMENT OVERREACH! THIS IS NOT A COMMUNIST
COUNTRY! YOU CANNOT TAKE PEOPLE’S PROPERTY!
Pg 74
- 4.1.1 Introduction
1st para: “achieve sustainable development and” (Remove) change “resilient” to safe
2nd para: “Sustainable development is a key objective of land use planning for the County. By strategically” and in
the sentence “Land use planning is essential. (Remove) change “resilient” to safe.
3rd para: - change “resilience” to safety. “and the impacts of climate change” (Remove) Better prepared for and
protected against potential disasters. Change: “sustainable” to diversified. “desirable” to fair, equitable.
Last para 5th line down: Change: “should” to may Pg 75
Economic Opportunity Planning: “other growth sectors.” Need to be specific, identify other growth sectors.
Last sentence: “muck like the weave of sustainability,” (Remove)
Pg. 76 Table 16: Land Use Key Trends
Changing & Aging Population: “Over the next 25 years .....0.9% per annum” decline in population already seen
and projected needs to addressed as to why the population is in decline. How you do Planning if you don’t address
reasons for population decline. This is crucial.
Housing Affordability & Choice: “In 2010...” down to “However, on average, Hawaii County’s overcrowding.....”
Shifting Visitor Accommodation Types: - Change “With the upward trend....” to “rentals.” & “There is also a
shift..” Revise that entire sentence.
Job Availability & Growth: - Revise last sentence “In 2020, 14% of the.....”
Pg. 77 Table 17: Land Use Challenges
Revise:
Infrastructure section
Regulations section
Funding & Financing entire section Land Use Compatibility entire section Public Engagement entire section
- (My note is What is NIMBYism?)
Pg. 78 Table 18: Land Use Opportunities
Infrastructure:: last sentence “County departments can provide.....”
Regulations: Red: “Collaborate across State and County agencies to.....” (Need more public input and ideas);
“The most direct role the County plays..,..property tax policy.” (Need much more research on property tax rates,
regulations, policies & scrutinized by the public who are affected by paying property taxes. This should be the
most glaring concern so that we do not leave tax burden for future generations who may lose their properties
to taxes paid to the government).
Funding & Financing: “Partner with the State and other counties to create a capacity building
plan.....stakeholders.” (Remove)
Market Conditions: “Seek to acquire land for affordable housing developments....” Add: without violating
people’s right to own property or take this out. Revise it. This is government overreach!
Land Use Compatibility: “Demonstrate smart growth developments.” (Remove)
Public Engagement: “Encourage affordable housing projects to meet the needs of neighborhoods (YIMBY)
without further regulations and fines.” (What is YIMBY?) and next line “Apply strategies to....” “stakeholder”. Who
are these stakeholders? What do they have stake in?
Pg. 79
4.1.2 Land Use Goal, Objectives, Policies, and Actions Item 9.7 - Red: “Encourage” change to Mandate
developers
Item 9.8 - Red: “Route selection for .....” that entire sentence. (This is a high priority revision as it pertains directly
to 5G dangers. Here is where the people/public need to have direct input/approval/changes.
Item 9.a - Red: “Develop a process for County.....” this is crucial for public scrutiny & opportunity for the public to
get transparency. Transparency can only be realized if we, the public include ourselves into all governmental
processes. If not, we will not get transparency, period!
Pg 80 Land Use Goal, Objectives, Policies, and Actions - continued
Item 9.e - “Conduct a review and re-evaluation....” entire sentence to be revised.
Item 10.3 “Proposed discretionary permits for large developments.....Ka’u Districts” -Not clear
needs revision.
Item 10.b “Amend.......allow CPDs to be applied to all zoning districts...” - Why amend the Zoning Code? We need
to compare current Zoning Codes to what they propose to amend to see if the people or the developers have the
advantage. What are CPDs?
Item 10.c - Red: “Collaborate with the State Office of Planning.....Native Hawaiian customary and
traditional..” Need to revise to ensure that Hawaiian cultural experts, NOT the State government or its agencies
have any input for preserving, protecting, educating, safeguarding, sharing, marketing, ..every aspect of utilizing
our native Hawaiian (kanaka maoli) heritage of language, practices, traditions, religion & more belong exclusively
to the kanaka maoli elders, experts, kupuna, kahuna, healers NEVER the government or its agencies...NEVER!!!
Pg 81 continue
Item 11.4 “Concurrency reviews should incorporate..... (Remove)” entire sentence absolutely NO!
Actions
11.a - Red: “Collaborate with the SHPD to create.....” entire sentence - Need experts.
11.d - Red: “Amend Zoning Code....” do not give the Planning Director more power, it’s time to decrease power
for that position, we need to humble these government workers/servants. Now is that time as history has shown
us, when they have power, they want more; when they have more power, it’s not enough & the cycle continues
while the people suffer. STOP giving away the power from the people.
11.f -
Board’s power to take away from me or you, ever.
Objective 12 Reduce the threat to life and property from natural hazards and disasters. Policies
The above sentence - Red: add “unnatural & natural hazards” - It is important to identify the reality that unnatural
hazards have always existed, therefore, why is that omitted?
12.3 Red: “Consider natural .......” Again add in unnatural & force the Planning Board to address DE disasters,
weather machine disasters which are human created disasters, which is criminal. Why shouldn’t the Planning
Board include these disasters as they certainly affect the health & safety of the people & our environment.
12.8 Red: “Encourage the development....” entire sentence. Again, must address DE/Weather machines/human
initiated disasters.
Pg 82 Actions
Item 12.a - Red: “Update the Building Code.....” entire sentence need extreme revisions, I initially wanted to
delete, but it is necessary to revise to include unnatural/man made disasters & address “carbon footprint”. These
are areas to not hide by deleting, but rather talk about them through revisions.
Item 12.g -
happening, delete this section that refers to climate change as that is a false narrative that we the people/public
should not allow to continue. I do not want to tell a lie over & over again until everyone believes it. That’s
breaking the 10 commandments.
Pg. 83 4.1.3 Overview of Land Use Designations and Maps
No changes.
“Update traffic impact.....” (Remove)entire sentence. Travel should not be the Planning
“Amend the Zoning Code....” (Remove)Until they can prove climate change is
Pg. 84 Table 19: General Plan Land Use Designations and Maps
No Changes
Pg. 85 Agriculture and Natural Land Use
No Changes
Pg 86 4.1.4 Urban Growth Areas
2nd para: Red: “Smart Growth” change to something safer, know what it represents not hidden meanings. Black
out: the word “sustainable” and from “More specifically, urban centers have been designed to create.... Driving.” -
The government or its agencies should not impede or alter the rights of citizens to travel it’s call our right to
travel, which is constitutional.
Pg 87 Objective 13 Increase the use of Smart Growth principles to focus development within designated urban
centers.
Policies Red: change “Smart Growth” to Evaluate and analyze development within designated urban centers.
Item 13.3 Red: “Incentivize” what is that & how does it benefit the public?
13.6 Red: “may include additional acreages to account for.....” must revise section to make it clearer as to how this
inclusion will work to the advantage or disadvantage of historic sites, public access, parks, & open spaces. More
clarity is necessary because saying ok to unclear “PLANNING” should never be accepted.
Item #13.12 - Red: Revise entire sentence “Urban renewal, rehabilitation....” need to include people or the public
not just communities, businesses, & governmental agencies. Planning Boards should always include the
people/public. This will give people the power to make decisions, not just testify for 3 minutes at a Planning
Commission hearing. That needs to change. More people/public involvement needs to be promoted. This
involvement may be the inspiration or motivation for people to become active in planning for themselves, their
future generations. It is time for governments & businesses to take a back seat!
Item 13.13 Red: Revise entire sentence. “Support master planning by .....” it’s not “Support” it should be to
Scrutinize, evaluate, analyze and recommend by experts and the people.
Pg. 88 Commercial - Industrial
Item 13.28 Red: “Discretionary permit applications..... Entire sentence need revision as it is not fair to have
Discretionary permit applications for new commercial developments. Everyone follows the rules, no exceptions by
the Planning Board.
Resort
Item 13.49 - Red: Revise “On-site affordable housing and workforce units shall be excluded from the total
permitted visitor unit counts.....” Again, how does this exclusion help the people, the visitors, the workforce? How
does it affect permitted visitor unit counts?
Pg 90 Actions
13.c Red: revise “Amend the Subdivision Code to ensure block sizes are based....” What are the current codes &
what are the proposed amendments to compare who will have the advantage or disadvantage of this proposal to
Amend Subdivision Code.
Pg. 91 Urban Character Guidelines Table 20: Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) Character Guidelines
No Changes.
Pg. 92 Table 21: Traditional Neighborhood Development (TND) Character Guidelines No Changes
Pg. 93 Table 22: Urban Neighborhood Center Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 94 Table 23: Industrial Center Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 95 Table 24: Criteria for Industrial Land Conversion to Commercial/Mixed-Use
No Changes
Pg. 96 Table 25: Resort Area Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 97 4.1.5 Rural
No Changes
Pg. 98 Objective 14 Maximize the use of Rural designated lands to preserve rural character and lifestyle.
Policies
All items from 14.1, 14.2, 14.3, 14.4, 14.5, 14.6 - Red: Must revise all items as the Planning Board is asking for
Support of everything they are doing, which contradicts any changes that the public may be deemed detrimental.
Asking for “blind” support is ridiculous.
Actions - Items 14.a, 14.b, 14.c, & 14.d Red: Revise all items as it is asking to Amend Zoning Code, zoning districts
which is crucial to see current codes compared to amendments. How are these amendments affecting the public
to their advantage vs. disadvantages. This is very important to NOT just accept amendments. Thorough research is
necessary to protect the public.
Pg. 99 Table 26: Rural Neighborhood Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 100 4.1.6 Agriculture
Last para: “The General Plan provides planning tools to incentivize the highest and best use of productive
agricultural lands. The Plan’s policies...... entire paragraph need to be revised. I am especially concerned with the
word “incentivize the highest and best use... here again what does this mean, how will it be done, who benefits.
Pg. 101 Objective 15 Support the active use of Productive Agricultural lands. Actions
All items 15.a, 15.b, 15.c. 15.d, 15.e must be revised Not just Amend.
Pg. 102 Actions (continue)
Item 15.f - Revise “Update the Real Property Tax Code.....” need public input for transparency. Item
15.g Revise “Amend the Zoning Code...” again do not just accept Amending
Item 15.k Revise “Collaborate with USDA and the State.... It’s not just collaborate, it’s what are the decisions
based upon, what are the final decisions, how are these decisions helping farmers. Since, we have passed
hundreds of years farming in Hawaii you would think we have identified major problems, why these problems do
not get resolved, who are responsible for the non-resolutions. This is just repeating ....USDA, the State who have
been in charge of agriculture, I want to see a report card that covers 1950s to 2023. Report cards are
transparency mechanisms to identify who & what are creating our farmer’s problems. We cannot fix anything
without transparency. Politicians say it, but absolutely no actions. This section is entitled ACTION. Let us begin to
act.
Pg. 104 4.2.1 Introduction
Third para: “Resilience....” I don’t want the word resilience to be an escape mechanism for the government or its
agencies. That word should change.
The last para: “The Plan is focused on improving connectivity within .....” this sounds good, but I don’t see good
results as I am pass 70 yrs old. We should not accept “rinse & repeat”. What did the Planning Board learn from
over 100 yrs. Of past failures? They say they focus on improving, yet we cannot determine how they will improve.
Stronger language to ensure that the public can know they plan to improve.
Pg. 105 Table 27: Transportation Key Trends No Changes
Pg. 106
Table 28: Transportation Challenges
All items Red: Revisions necessary. It refers to electric cars, Pre-COVID-19 (false narratives that must be stopped)
Pg. 107
Table 29: Transportation Opportunities
All items Red: Need revisions since they want to establish metrics, improve interagency collaboration, prepare
projects, standardize interagency agreements. It contains a multitude of changes that are unclear, very
ambiguous, & again, transparency is lacking.
Pg. 108
4.2.2 Transportation Goal, Objective, Policies, and Actions
All items Red: Requires revisions. Examples: item 16.2 “Encourage safe and convenient use ...... non-polluting”
What is non-polluting to the Planning Board? What do they know about pollution as they don’t know that EMFs
are dangerous pollutants. And example: Item 16.10 “Identify and evaluate transportation..... energy and climate
issues.” We need to stop the false
Pg. 109 Actions - continue
All items - Red: Revisions necessary. Same reasons as above for Pg. 108.
Sorry Michelle - did not complete pages 104 to 118-119. Can do later/Kalei K. completed today, Monday 9-23-24
at 12:01 pm.
Pg. 110 4.2.3 Active Living Corridors and Public Access
No Changes
Pg. 111 Objective 17 Increase transportation connectivity.
Policies
All items Red: Need revisions. Example: Item 17.1 “Ensure Native Hawaiian access rights are clearly expressed....”
This is an area of talk talk talk & no action. Again, what violations have already occurred, how long have these
violations been going on, have these violations stopped? Just putting in a sentence in a Plan does not mean it has
been adhered to. Therefore, these proposals are weak. As a native Hawaiian it is imperative to get enforcement
for these violations, identify violations, how long it’s been happening, why & who are responsible to stop
violations, protect native Hawaiian access rights. If this item # is weak, which it is - than the others need revisions.
Pg. 112 Table 30: Public Access Spacing Standards
No Changes
Pg. 4.2.4 Mass Transit
All paragraphs need revisions Red: revisions necessary. Mass Transit has been proven wrong on Oahu, the Rail.
Over budgeted, from hundreds of millions of dollars (budgeted) to billions of dollars, NOT budgeted. Who is
paying for this government error? You, me & our visitors. We have an historic example from the City & County of
Honolulu. The people protested against this “Rail”, but years later a Mayor brought back the Rail & all Mayors
thereafter continue with this project. Please investigate this “Planning” before Hawaii County repeats history. All
words in this section/page are the same words use by the Planning Dept. of the City & County of Honolulu.
Absolutely requires total revisions to 4.2.4 Mass Transit
Pg. 114 Objective 18 Increase mass transit ridership by 50 percent by 2045 Policies
All items are basic objectives. No changes (yet)
Pg. 115 4.2.5 Roadways
2nd to last para: What is the County’s Vision Zero Action Plan Pink: Concern
Pg. 116 Objective 19 Reduce vehicle miles traveled (VMT)
All items Red: Need revisions Concern - What is reduce vehicle miles traveled? Why reduce vehicle miles traveled?
What is this agenda for & what will it accomplish? Who will benefit? Again, our right to travel cannot be altered or
impeded as that right is protected by the US Constitution & God.
Pg. 117 Objective 20 Achieve a transportation system that employs all modes of transportation at a
community scale.
All items need to be revised
Pg. 117 continue: Objective 21 Incorporate green infrastructure to reduce stormwater runoff. Policies
All items Red: Concern See item 21.1 “green infrastructure strategies, and pollution prevention procedures....”
Again, sine the Planning Board does not understand EMF pollution & its dangerous - what are they talking about
here “pollution prevention procedures..”
Pg. 118 continue from above. Actions & Objective 22 Increase transportation safety for transportation’s most
vulnerable users and reduce traffic fatalities.Policies
All items Red: revise
Pg. 119 Continue from above.
All items from 22.7 to 22.9 Red: revise Concern.
22.7
Plan.
22.8 Maintain dedicated roadway standards that are appropriate to roadway type and achieve active
transportation and safety goals.
Develop roadway standards to accommodate emerging technology for connected and
automated vehicles.
This appears to be referencing the very unproven technology of ‘driverless
cars??’ Emerging technology needs to go through rigorous standards of testing before being
released onto roadways. This text here, with a clear reference to something that is already
proving dangerous on the roadways and the subject of lawsuits does not belong in our County
22.9 Engage and collaborate with the owners of private roads and local community groups to help identify and
develop road management agreements that mitigate road closures to provide emergency evacuation routes.
Actions
22.a
● 22.b Develop educational programs promoting traffic safety.
● Objective 23
Adequately maintain public transportation systems.
Policies
● 23.1 Maintain an Asset Management Program aimed at utilizing maintenance plans for pavement,
bridges, and other road infrastructure to prolong the life of our transportation system as well as reduce its
whole-life cost.
● 23.2 Maintain the unique features of historic bridges, while balancing safety needs and preserving
historic and scenic character.
● 23.3 Prioritize the replacement of deficient and inadequate bridges and maintain pedestrian/bicycle
access across bridges.
● 23.4 Design new bridges and bridge improvements to accommodate and not negatively impede
identified scenic resources.
● 23.5 Evaluate freight routes identified in the State Freight Master Plan for required improvements to
meet roadway standards.
● 23.6 Encourage the adoption of innovative materials and methods that improve roadway sustainability
and resilience.
Actions
● 23.a Create an asset management program.
● 23.b Continue the bridge inspection program and expand rehab or replacement to
include active transportation accommodations.
4.2 Transportation Access and Mobility | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 119
Amend the County Code to incorporate Vision Zero safety principles and Complete Street
design principles. This is too vague and should be elaborated in detail. These safety principles
need to be spelled out or they don’t belong in the County Plan.
Where something is
designated an ‘action’ in a County General Plan Document, sufficient detail should be
provided. This is too vague and should be elaborated in detail.
Roadway Standards
The County adheres to several federal and industry standards for roadway design. These include the AASHTO
Green Book and Roadside Design Guide, the MUTCD, the NACTO, and the Highway Capacity Manual.5 Examples of
topics addressed by these guidelines include road geometry (e.g., curves, sight distance), safety within ROWs
adjacent to travel ways, design speeds, level of service, signs/striping/signaling, and urban transit. In addition to
these sources, the County adheres to the following locally defined standards.
Street Standards
Highways shall not be wider than four through travel lanes that accommodate single occupancy vehicles and
should be limited to the most populated areas typically connecting residential areas with employment centers.
Integrate transportation networks to
1. Pedestrian
2. Public Transit
3. Bicycle
4. Auto
This is a directive for future transportation policy ? It is 4 words and yet it is a giant reach toward
a set of ideals and it is not explained at all in detail.
OBJECTION :
prioritize the most vulnerable roadways users and the
greenest modes of travel through a Multimodal Hierarchy (Figure 7) that prioritizes investments
in the following order:
This ‘policy directive’ reflects a radical socialist agenda of forcing people to give
up automobiles and give up their autonomy at the same time. This shows contempt for the most
basic principles of freedom. . We refer you to : The United States Constitution which
“protects the freedom to move about within the country, both domestically and
internationally. This fundamental right is deeply rooted in American liberty and has been
recognized and protected by the Supreme Court. “
The priorities established in a General Plan should reflect careful consideration of the island’s
economy and how to best support our island economy but instead this prioritization of
pedestrians ‘first’ and ‘automobile’ transport reflects an obsession with addressing carbon as a
‘cause’ for an alleged crisis for our climate. . It’s strange to us that in this document that purports
to be about a plan for ‘development’ there is barely a focus on the actual economy. Here instead
we see a document ‘prioritizing’ Pedestrian travel (on an island with very few densely populated
urban centers) without context of what will actually promote agriculture, commerce, industries,
jobs and economic activities. This directive would make more sense for an Oahu General Plan
because of the size of the land mass and ratio of population. If it is in this document without
much explanation then it appears to be a reflection of a ‘fad’ in transportation policy rather than
a practical and well thought out policy directive.
The minimum roadway width standards to accommodate the County Roadway Classifications were adopted in
Resolution 779-20. The following provides an overview of this standard with reference to the Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA) Functional Classification system.
4.2.6 Transportation Terminals: Airports and Harbors
As a major hub for tourism, commerce, and connectivity, Hawaiʻi County recognizes the importance of effective
planning and management of its airports and harbors. These key infrastructure components serve as lifelines that
facilitate economic growth, enhance regional connectivity, and provide essential services for residents and
visitors. Airports and harbors connect the County to the rest of the world, allowing for the efficient movement of
goods, people, and ideas. They are essential nodes within the transportation network, acting as important
economic drivers for the region.
Efficient airports and harbors directly contribute to the
success of various industries, including tourism, agriculture, trade, and logistics. Moreover, they
are instrumental in supporting emergency response efforts, disaster management, and ensuring
the overall resilience of the region’s transportation system.
Again, over and over the objection ‘in general’ to this General Plan 2045 is that the document
references ‘economic growth’ and yet does not address the actual drivers of the economy in
detail. As public servants it is your best service to our island if you would study how you can
support the farmers, producers of goods and services to build a great economy together.
Unfortunately there are dozens of instances where legislators and public servants have imposed
restrictions, fees and taxes on those very ‘drivers’ of our economy. Airport Terminals and
Harbors do not ‘cause’ the economy to grow and are not drivers of the economy and yet we see
a General Plan with weighted emphasis on ‘transportation’ and urban development without
seeing evidence of a study of what will actually support the individuals and households that
produce economic value for our actual economy. This is an extremely poor outcome for a
document that presents as a ‘guide’ for legislators and policy makers for the next 20 plus years.
The principal concerns of planning for transportation terminals involve a comprehensive approach that addresses
various aspects, including location, zoning of adjacent land, infrastructure development, capacity management,
safety and security measures, environmental sustainability, integration with other modes of transportation, and
financing and programming of improvements and services through capital improvement projects.
While the
State of Hawaiʻi Department of Transportation (DOT) is responsible for the actual design,
construction, and operation of terminals and supporting facilities, the General Plan addresses
the location of these facilities in relation to the pattern of overall land uses. There are two deep draft harbors on
the island, one in Hilo and another in Kawaihae.
While improvements continue to be made, both harbor terminals lack adequate docking and
Harbor has increased significantly as the population and development in West Hawaiʻi continue to grow. In 2011,
the Hawaiʻi Commercial Harbors 2035 Master Plan was developed by the State to accommodate the future needs
of facilities
●
●
● Air terminals that transportation are in Hilo, Waimea, ʻUpolu, and Kona. The terminals at
Hilo and Kona are overseas facilities.
●
CONCERN: THE HARBORS SHOULD NOT BE CONTROLLED BY THE STATE OF
HAWAII. THEY ARE HARBORS CRUCIAL TO THE ECONOMY OF OUR ISLAND AND
WERE PREVIOUSLY UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE COUNTY. WHAT HAPPENED
TO HOME RULE? WHERE WAS THE CONSULTATION OF THE PUBLIC WHEN
DECISIONS WERE MADE TO HAND OVER CONTROL OF OUR HARBORS TO THE
STATE ?.
Overseas flights at the Kona International Airport
at Keahole will continue to increase with the growth of resort areas in Kona and Kohala.
Overseas flights through Hilo International Airport have been important for agriculture in
East Hawaiʻi.
What is concerning about this County General Plan 2045 is the lack of analysis about
our actual economy. WHY DO WE SEE A DOCUMENT THAT STATES ‘OVERSEAS
FLIGHTS WILL CONTINUE TO INCREASE WITH THE GROWTH OF RESORT
AREAS?’ THIS PLAN SEEMS FLAWED DUE TO LACKING IN CRITICAL
‘ARGUMENTS’ FOR THE PLANNED GROWTH BASED ON ACTUAL NUMBERS AND
STUDIES . IF THERE ARE STUDIES AND STATISTICS THAT DO SUPPORT THE
ASSERTIONS MADE MULTIPLE TIMES IN THE GENERAL PLAN ABOUT
PROJECTED ECONOMIC GROWTH THEN THEY SHOULD BE REFERENCED AND
INCLUDED IN THE PLAN. ALSO CITATIONS OF WHERE THIS INFORMATION WAS
PRESENTED TO THE PUBLIC IN ‘CONSULTATIONS’
● STRANGELY THE HILO PLAN IS MISSING FROM THE GENERAL PLAN DOCUMENT
AND THIS IS ONE OF TWO URBAN CENTERS AND THE CENTER FROM WHICH
TWO OF THE ‘HARBORS’ AND ‘TERMINALS’ OPERATE? THIS SEEMS (AGAIN) A
GLARING OMISSION.
● Since 2011, the DOT has embarked on a $2.3 billion Hawaiʻi Airports Modernization Program to improve the
safety, capacity, and efficiency of our major passenger and cargo airports.
As the population becomes more mobile and as resident and visitor populations increase, there
will be a greater demand for new and expanded transportation facilities that are adjacent to
compatible land uses and include alternative and active transportation connections to decrease
the demand for cars and reliance on fossil fuels.
OBJECTION TO THIS SENTENCE IS THAT
IT IS NOT SUPPORTED BY ANY FACTS OR AN ARGUMENT MADE FOR THE CASE BEING
PRESENTED. AGAIN THE CONCERN ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT IS THAT IT IS
COMMITTING OUR ENTIRE COUNTY GOVERNMENT AND OUR LEGISLATURE TO A
RADICAL COURSE OF ACTION BASED ON THE PREMISE THAT FOSSIL FUELS ARE TO
BE ERADICATED AND THAT PERSONAL AUTOMOBILE TRANSPORTATION SHOULD ALSO
BE ERADICATED AND OR COMPLETELY ELIMINATED. THESE PREMISES ARE PART OF A
RADICAL SOCIALIST AGENDA THAT VIOLATES THE CONSTITUTION SINCE IT WILL
UNDOUBTEDLY LIMIT THE FREEDOM OF UNITED STATES CITIZENS TO FREELY MOVE
ABOUT.
service inter-island
4.2 Transportation Access and Mobility | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 122 Objective 24
Improve accessibility to airports, harbor systems, and support facilities. Policies
● 24.1 Encourage the programmed improvement of existing terminals, including adequate provisions for
control of pollution and appropriate and adequate covered storage facilities for agricultural products.
● 24.2 The State Department of Transportation should continue to implement its plans for transportation
terminals and related facilities to promote and follow desired land use policies.
● 24.3 Transportation terminals should be developed in conjunction with the different elements of the
overall transportation system.
● 24.4 Encourage maximum use of the island's airport and harbor facilities.
● 24.5 Encourage the development, maintenance, and enhancement of Hilo and Kawaihae Harbors as
detailed within the State’s Hawaiʻi Commercial Harbors 2035 Master Plan.
.
THIS COULDN’T BE MORE VAGUE AS A STATED OBJECTIVE. IT
DOESN’T REFERENCE THE VERY PRACTICAL MATTERS OF ECONOMIC DRIVERS
AND OVERALL ECONOMIC HEALTH OF OUR ISLAND. WHERE IS DISCUSSION
ABOUT THE ACTUAL ECONOMY IN THIS ENTIRE DOCUMENT ? THIS ALSO OMITS
MENTION THAT A PROSPEROUS AGRICULTURAL ECONOMY WOULD BE THE
RATIONALE FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE INFRASTRUCTURE AT KAWAIHAII AND
HILO HARBORS. AGAIN THERE IS AN OBJECTION TO HANDING OVER HARBORS
TO THE STATE OF HAWAII WHERE THEY ARE CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE TO
THE ISLAND
● 24.6 Support the State’s objectives to acquire rights within the runway clear-zones, limit
heights within approach zones, and restrict noise-sensitive uses within designated noise
contours determined by the State. CONCERN: THIS APPEARS TO REFERENCE
PROPERTY ACQUISITION AND SUGGESTS THAT THE COUNTY SHOULD
‘SUPPORT’ THE STATE TO RESTRICT USES AND ACTIVITIES IN CERTAIN AREAS
‘NEAR TO AIRPORTS?’ THIS AGAIN IS ONE MORE COMMUNIST LAND GRAB
PRACTICE. THIS DOESN’T BELONG IN OUR COUNTY PLAN DOCUMENT FOR
2045.
● 24.7 Future land uses in the vicinity of airports and harbors should have an adequate open space buffer
and/or be compatible with the anticipated noise exposure and industrial nature in the vicinity.
● 24.8 Encourage pedestrian-oriented connectivity around harbors and small boat harbors.
● 24.9 Encourage master planning of small boat harbors to accommodate commercial and recreational
fishing, tour boats, as well as business and recreational ocean activities, that balance economic vitality and
environmental sensitivity.
Actions
● 24.a Create a strategic improvement plan, including mapping, for County owned and/or managed boat
harbors and develop an island-wide needs assessment to better serve regional gaps in ocean accesses.
● 24.b Ensure collaboration with State agencies to offer a variety of transportation options at airports and
harbors.
4.2 Transportation Access and Mobility | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 123
4.3 PUBLIC UTILITIES
4.3 Public Utilities
● 4.3.1 Introduction
● 4.3.2 Goal, Objectives, Policies, and
Actions
● 4.3.3 Drinking Water Conservation
● 4.3.4 Wastewater Treatment and
Reuse
● 4.3.5 Stormwater Infiltration and
Green Infrastructure
● 4.3.6 Electricity and Renewable
Energy
THERE HAS BEEN AN ONGOING ATTEMPT TO EXCLUDE MANY USERS FROM
HARBORS (SAILING COMMUNITY, FISHING COMMUNITY HAVE EXPERIENCED
CONCERN
ACCESS TO
HIGHER USER FEES AND MORE RESTRICTIONS OF USE IN RECENT YEARS) AND
MANY OF THE HARBORS IN THE STATE HAVE BECOME PRIVATIZED. (If
privatization occurs, then management controls everything. .) .
● 4.3.7 Telecommunications and Broadband Connectivity
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 124 4.3.1 Introduction
In Hawaiʻi County’s pursuit of a prosperous and resilient future, public utilities stand as pillars of
essential infrastructure.
THERE IS A LOFTY CLAIM MADE BY THIS ENTIRE EXERCISE TO
SUGGEST THAT THE DOCUMENT ITSELF REPRESENTS ANY KIND OF PLAN FOR A
PROSPEROUS AND RESILIENT FUTURE. THERE ARE MANY BUZZWORDS THAT ARE
BEING USED IN THIS DOCUMENT THAT ARE HOLLOW. THESE WORDS THEMSELVES
DON’T CONJURE UP A FUNCTIONING ECONOMY BUT THEY DO OFTEN GIVE PUBLIC
SERVANTS THE WARM FEELING THAT THESE WORDS CAN ‘DO ALL THE WORK.’ THIS
DOCUMENT IS LACKING IN A GROUNDING OF ACTUAL ECONOMIC STUDY AND LACKS
THE INSIGHTS INTO THE OBVIOUS WAYS THAT COUNTY GOVERNMENT COULD
SUPPORT THE AGRICULTURE AND TOURISM SECTOR AND ENCOURAGE NEW
INDUSTRY ON THE ISLAND.
These are services regulated by the government and provided in response to existing and prospective patterns of
development. Changes in land use, population density, and development usually generate changes in the demand
and supply of utilities. As the backbone of modern society, public utilities encompass a wide range of vital services
that support the health, safety, and sustainability of our communities. This critical infrastructure allows us to
function in many ways, including the ability to maintain healthy living conditions, proper sanitation, and access
reliable energy to power our homes and businesses.
Public utilities play a key role in forming the foundation upon which social, economic, and environmental progress
is built. Such essential services enhance the quality of life for residents, visitors, and businesses while safeguarding
the natural resources and cultural heritage of our island. The significance of public utilities can be understood
through their contributions in the areas of environmental sustainability, economic prosperity, and social well-
being.
Public utilities drive environmental stewardship by promoting clean energy generation, efficient
water management, waste reduction, and recycling initiatives.
AS PART OF GENERAL PLANNING AND GOOD MANAGEMENT PRACTICE, WHY HAS
THERE BEEN NO AUDIT OF THE WASTEWATER DIVISION OF THE WASTE MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT?
NO DOCUMENT PURPORTING TO PLAN AHEAD FOR 2O PLUS YEARS
CAN COVER FOR THE FACT THAT MALADMINISTRATION AND POOR LEADERSHIP HAS
LEAD TO MULTIPLE ‘FAILS’ OF RAW SEWAGE TREATMENT WHERE LEAKS OCCURRED
AND THE PUBLIC WASN’T ADEQUATELY INFORMED. THE PLAN SHOULD START WITH A
MORE SERIOUS ASSESSMENT OF THE FAILURES OF THE CURRENT MANAGEMENT
STRATEGY IN OUR WASTEWATER SYSTEM.
Through the application of sustainable practices and technologies, public utilities protect our
fragile ecosystems, mitigate climate change impacts, and preserve the beauty of our island for
future generations.
HOW DO ‘PUBLIC UTILITIES’ ‘MITIGATE’ ‘CLIMATE CHANGE IMPACTS ?
This is an example of a wild overstatement and is not supported by fact.
Additionally, robust
and reliable infrastructure attracts investment, supports economic growth, and fosters job
creation. From powering local industries to enabling efficient transportation networks, public
utilities are catalysts for economic development, making our communities more resilient in the
face of challenges.
Waste to Energy incinerators have been opposed multiple times in the past
in Hawaii County and each time a massive multi million dollar contract for construction of an
incinerator was required which the public was going to be financing over many years. We notice
that the Incinerator ‘Waste to Energy’ proposal is in this County General Plan 2045 in spite of all
the protests in the past. This history of pushing forward unpopular projects that have seen
community objection and then forcing the property
Access to safe and affordable utilities is a fundamental right of every individual.
Really ?? Who wrote this ? As a general comment, it has been pointed out repeatedly that this
‘General Plan’ document is poorly written and has many flaws.Here we see misuse of the term
‘fundamental rights’ where there is no such ‘fundamental right.’ While ‘Safe and Affordable
utilities’ may be considered ‘essential’ for a ‘standard of living’ or to meet the definition of
‘economic prosperity’ but use of the phrase ‘fundamental right’ is a confusion of what the legal
understanding is concerning ‘fundamental rights.’ The ‘fundamental rights’ of say .. ‘freedom to
move’ ARE (as cited elsewhere in the transportation section) the rights that this document
happily waives aside (ignoring the Constititution in the process) .
Further, there should be statistics included about what proportion of the island currently is ‘off
grid’ since that proportion is very high and those numbers would provide a necessary context for
all discussion about proposals to provide utilities ‘affordably’ AND ‘universally.’
Public utilities ensure equitable distribution of resources, allowing residents of all
socioeconomic backgrounds to enjoy necessities such as clean water, affordable energy, and
accessible internet-based services. These services enhance public health, education, and
overall quality of life, fostering thriving and inclusive communities. ‘
As with previous comment, this entire section seems flawed due to lacking in facts. This
statement reflects ‘wishes’ rather than a series of steps toward an attainable goal.
Given the unique challenges posed by our geography and vulnerable ecosystem, the General Plan aims to
effectively guide the development, maintenance, and improvement of these critical services. This section of the
Plan is primarily concerned with the planning aspects of our, water, wastewater, stormwater, electricity, and
telecommunications systems.
of utility facilities such as reservoirs, pumping stations, and sewage treatment plants is an
Planning for the location
important aspect of the land planning process, as it makes way for development opportunities.
Where is the context for this statement? Here we see the notion of ‘development opportunities’
being introduced without context or explanation. This is objectionable since it could be
interpreted by future administrations or legislatures as a ‘mandate’ for growth while lacking any
parameters.
Unintegrated utilities can burden developments with lower levels of service and may limit or even prevent
development. The integration and availability of public utilities in priority growth areas are imperative. CONCERN:
Changes in the intensity of land use greatly influence the quantitative design of utilities and services, particularly
their design capacity. There may be distinctions in the type of services offered for each utility as land use
intensities vary. These distinctions also depend on local codes and ordinances, health and sanitary considerations,
and practices followed by utility companies.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 125 Table 33: Public Utilities Challenges
General
• Funding and financing the development, conversion, repair, operations, and maintenance of public utilities are
central challenges for communities, developers, and county government.
• Any large infrastructure expansions are paid for by developers and the costs are not to scale for financing.
• Geographical variability and obstacles require creative solutions for utility buildout.
• Aging public utility infrastructure must become more resilient to natural hazards, extreme
weather events, and
•
• Outdated utility systems and practices can pose environmental and health concerns and are expensive to
change.
explanation here of what is meant by ‘priority growth area’ .
Why isn’t this spelled out more ? Why is there no clear
WHAT IS MISSING
HERE IS REFERENCE TO THE IDEA THAT HOMEOWNERS WILL ALL BE ASKED TO PAY FOR
CONVERSION FROM CESSPOOL/ SEPTIC OVER TO ACTUAL COUNTY SEWER
INFRASTRUCTURE. THIS TOPIC DESERVES A FULL DISCUSSION.
DITTO WHAT IS CONCERNING IS THAT THE PUBLIC CAN BE REQUIRED TO PAY FOR
‘DEVELOPMENT’ OF PUBLIC UTILITIES..
climate change impacts.
WHERE ARE THE CITED STUDIES PROVING THAT
CLIMATE CHANGE IS CAUSING WEATHER EVENTS / CLIMATE WEATHER ? IN THE ENTIRE
DOCUMENT WE SEE NONE REFERENCED.
Absent, aging, or dilapidated infrastructure limits new development where it is needed, consistent with
strategic land use patterns and inhibits existing development.
THIS SENTENCE IS POORLY WRITTEN
WITH THE RESULT OF CONFUSING THE READER. WHY ARE WE LEFT WONDERING WHAT IS
BEING SAID HERE?
• Disputes over water source capacity can prevent development where it is needed and consistent with
desired development patterns.
• Water commitments have been assigned to parcels that are not being developed or lack development
potential.
THIS NEEDS TO BE TAKEN OUT OR ELSE EXPLAINED SO THAT THE MEANING IS
CLEAR.
• Guidelines for assigning water units per system need to be updated.
• Modeling of water demand and potential demand needs to be closely aligned to land use. • The water systems
serving, North Kohala, South Kohala, North Kona, and Puna will require additional water source development.
• On-site wastewater disposal can adversely impact groundwater resources.
• Wastewater planning and policy primarily focus on maintaining and servicing existing systems and do not
proactively plan for developing new systems to accommodate growth or to extend existing lines to align with
urban zoning.
• County policy has largely relied on private developers to develop commercial and private wastewater systems
for new development, which ultimately leaves significant municipal service gaps in urban areas.
• Many County wastewater systems may not be able to accommodate unserved, existing zoned capacity and
projected growth.
• Landowners and developers may incur the costs of constructing private systems or upgrades due to the
insufficiency and lack of wastewater systems in many areas.
• Wastewater requirements hinder the redevelopment or rehabilitation of existing structures and are often seen
as an affordable housing issue.
• Treated wastewater is typically discharged into ocean waters or injected into the ground and is not generally
reused.
• Wastewater infrastructure improvement and development costs are not fiscally planned for, either in the
County budget or through County wastewater fee valuation.
• Individual wastewater systems (IWS) are associated with limitations and regulations. Currently, the Department
of Health’s rules do not allow single-family dwellings and additional dwelling units (ADU) on a single IWS system.
• Reliance on IWS is an impediment to compact development due to minimum lot size requirements for IWS,
thereby contributing to sprawl.
• Coastal residential neighborhoods without centralized wastewater are contaminating near- shore waters with
pollution from IWS.
REFERENCE TO SEPTIC /CESS POOL SYSTEMS. ELABORATION AND A LOT MORE DETAIL
THIS APPEARS TO BE A
SHOULD BE REQUIRED HERE.
ELABORATION AND A LOT MORE DETAIL SHOULD BE REQUIRED HERE.
THIS SEEMS TO IMPLY A POLICY DIRECTIVE THAT IS SPECIFIC TO APPLY TO COASTAL
NEIGHBORHOODS ? IMPOSING FINES OR HIGH COSTS TO HOME OWNERS TO ADDRESS A NEW
REQUIREMENT FOR MAINS SEWER OR EVEN SEPTIC TANK INSTALLATION IN ROCKY TERRAIN
WILL LEAD TO DELINQUENCY AND THEN FINES AND POTENTIAL SEIZURE OF PROPERTY. THIS
IS A VERY ‘DANGEROUS’ POLICY DIRECTIVE TO LEAVE AMBIGUOUS. THE CONSEQUENCES OF
THIS POLICY DIRECTIVE MUST BE EXPLORED AND CLEARLY STATED.
THIS DOCUMENT IS CITING THE HUGE OBSTACLES TO ADDRESSING THE PROBLEMS OF OUR
ISLAND WHERE SO MANY HOUSEHOLDS RELY ON CESSPOOLS. WHILE THERE ARE EXAMPLES
OF INNOVATIVE BIO-REMEDIATION METHODS AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO CONVENTIONAL
‘WASTEWATER TREATMENT’ NO STUDIES ARE INCLUDED, NO MENTION OF THESE KINDS OF
OPTIONS ARE INCLUDED. BIO REMEDIATION WOULD MOST CERTAINLY BELONG IN A
DOCUMENT LIKE THIS SINCE SUCH METHODS SHOULD BE EXPLORED AS A COST SAVING
MEASURE AND DATA IS AVAILABLE TO DEMONSTRATE EFFECTIVENESS. FURTHER THE IMPACT
TO COASTAL ECO SYSTEMS OF INADEQUATELY TREATED WASTEWATER AND RAW SEWAGE
ARE WORTHY OF MENTION HERE IN THIS DOCUMENT.
TO CITE A WELL KNOWN EXAMPLE: THE ‘GENKI BALL’ EXPERIMENTS HAVE BEEN DONE IN
SEVERAL POLUTED WATERWAYS IN HAWAII. MOST NOTABLY THE ‘GENKI BALLS’ USED AT ALA
WAI CANAL IN HONOLULU RESULTED IN BETTER WATER QUALITY AND FISH RETURNING TO
THE AREA. WHERE A COMBINATION OF CULTURED ‘BOKASHI’ AND CLAY WERE INTRODUCED
TO THE WATERWAYS THUS BILLIONS OF MICROBES WERE RELEASED CAPABLE OF REDUCING
ECOLI AND OTHER LEVELS OF BACTERIA IN THE WATER. THIS AND OTHER KINDS OF
BIOREMEDIATION BELONGS IN A PLANNING DOCUMENT FOR HAWAII ISLAND.
PAGE 126
• The looming deadline to convert cesspools to sewer or other IWS may create lack of local expertise to meet
demand if not properly planned.
• The future impacts of climate change on future rainfall volumes are uncertain.
• Outdated codes limit the effectiveness of stormwater infrastructure and stormwater-related
practices.
• Water quality changes caused by non-point source pollution, human activities, erosion, and
sediment transport can negatively impact environmental systems and processes.
• A lack of incentives and flexibility exists in the permitting process for stormwater and green infrastructure.
• There is a lack of a dedicated funding source for public systems.
• There is a heavy reliance on imported fossil fuels for power generation.
• The State of Hawaiʻi has the highest electricity rates in the United States.
• Building codes, design perspectives, and construction practices can increase electrical demand.
• There is a constant need to update and renovate electrical systems and infrastructure.
• The adoption of renewable energy practices may offload environmental costs to other distant
WHERE IS THE
FACTUAL EVIDENCE THAT THERE IS SUCH A THING AS ‘MAN MADE CLIMATE CHANGE’?
communities, which can offset positive climate action.
POORLY WRITTEN , AMBIGUOUS
GENERALIZING STATEMENTS LIKE THIS DO NOT BELONG IN A COUNTY GENERAL PLAN . WHAT
EXACTLY IS MEANT BY THE TERM RENEWABLE ENERGY ‘PRACTICES?’ WHAT ENVIRONMENT
COSTS ARE REFERRED TO HERE? HOW ARE COSTS ‘OFFLOADED TO DISTANT COMMUNITIES’
HOW ARE THESE OFFSETTING ‘POSITIVE CLIMATE ACTION?’
• Renewable energy developments can be controversial, such as geothermal and wind turbines. THIS
• disrupts efficiency and productivity and is a barrier to accessing public services and information.
• Last mile infrastructure is often the most costly and difficult segment to deploy, especially for rural areas where
distances from a central distribution point are greater and population density doesn’t economically promote the
deployment.
• Consistent and accurate service data is needed to provide a constantly improving network for the island.
•
•
General
• Ensure that utility development matches desirable development priorities.
• Streamline the process of utility infrastructure development to achieve the highest possible
level of service for our communities.
• Lead the charge in resource conservation and assess creative solutions to incentivize
STATEMENT IS OBJECTIONABLE. THE REASON THESE ‘ENERGY DEVELOPMENTS’ ARE
‘CONTROVERSIAL’ IS THAT THEY HAVE INJURED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC AND ARE KNOWN
TO CAUSE HARM. WE NOTE THAT NUCLEAR POWER WAS IN THE ORIGINAL FIRST DRAFT OF
THIS DOCUMENT AND IS ALSO CONTROVERSIAL.IF MAKING A CASE FOR GEOTHERMAL OR
WIND TURBINES (OR NUCLEAR ENERGY) OPPORTUNITY TO SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION
ACKNOWLEDGING THE RISKS SHOULD BE AFFORDED TO THE PUBLIC.
Inadequate access
IN MEANING.
INADEQUATE ACCESS TO WHAT ? THIS IS A POOR SENTENCE AND IS AMBIGUOUS
THE STATEMENT ‘PROVIDING A CONSTANTLY ‘IMPROVING NETWORK’ CAN BE
INTERPRETED TO REFERENCE THE INCREASINGLY INTENSE LEVELS OF SIGNAL BEING
ESTABLISHED. 5 G WHILE BRINGING HIGHER SPEED LEVELS OF DATA TRANSFER IS PROVING
TO POSE A HEALTH RISK TO HUMAN TISSUE. THE REGULATION OF 5G TOWERS WITH
CONSIDERATIONS FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY IS AN URGENT ISSUE. WE NOTE THAT THE
DIRECTOR OF PLANNING ZENDO KERN HAS RECENTLY RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES THAT
WILL NOT STRINGENTLY ENFORCE SAFETY STANDARDS FOR THE COMMUNITY.
Providers seeking to deploy broadband infrastructure face multiple layers of permitting and approvals at
both the State and County level, in addition to community opposition regarding the installation of
telecommunications towers.
SEE ABOVE COMMENT. THIS REFLECTS AN INTENTIONAL DISREGARD
FOR SAFETY CONCERNS THAT ARE WIDELY DOCUMENTED AND CURRENTLY THE SUBJECT OF
LEGISLATION.
Limited competition in broadband service providers and transpacific backhaul providers means high
consumer rates due to a lack of competition within the market.
(??? THIS IS JARGON THAT ISN’T
EXPLAINED )
• Pursue creative funding and financing tools such as Community Facilities Districts (CFD) and
Improvement Districts, for utility development, conversion, repair, operations, and maintenance.
THIS NEEDS BETTER EXPLANATION. ‘CREATIVE FUNDING’ IS AN OBJECTIONABLE TERM AND
SOUNDS LIKE A PROCESS FOR SELLING OFF UTILITIES OR FINANCING CONSTRUCTION,
REPAIRS OR MAINTENANCE SO EITHER WAY, THE PUBLIC WILL PAY MORE FOR UTILITIES.
resource conservation for the public.
• Prioritize the conversion and modernization of outdated utility systems and practices. • Use an integrated
approach to value all water as a resource (e.g., drinking water,
wastewater, stormwater).
• Collaborate with asset management (e.g., road resurfacing and utility upgrades). ASSET
MANAGEMENT IS A VAGUE TERM THAT IS NOT SUFFICIENTLY DEFINED.
• Explore public-private partnership opportunities to create circular systems.
• Increase partnerships and enhance collaboration with government, private and nonprofit agencies, and other
stakeholders.
•
• Seek creative funding for significant expansion of water systems to reach new customers in non-service areas.
• Promote and practice water conservation practices to maximize efficient water use.
• Adopt One Water recommendations to standardize interagency collaboration in planning for and managing
water resources.
• •
• Exercise some controls over the permitted uses within the defined zone of influence for downstream deep well
sources.
ANOTHER VAGUE TERM
THAT IS NOT SUFFICIENTLY DEFINED. PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS USUALLY IS ANOTHER
WORD FOR INCREASING PUBLIC DEBT WHILE GIVING AWAY PUBLIC ASSETS TO PRIVATE
CORPORATIONS. THIS IS MORE FROM THE PAGES OF SOCIALISM AND WE REJECT IT.
HERE ‘OTHER STAKEHOLDERS’ IS A VAGUE TERM THAT IS NOT
SUFFICIENTLY DEFINED. PLEASE DEFINE IT CLEARLY OR TAKE IT OUT ALTOGETHER.
Explore innovative ways to fund water infrastructure improvements to attract development that is
consistent with desired density and the land use pattern.
AGAIN A REFERENCE TO ‘DESIRED
DENSITY AND LAND USE PATTERNS’ THIS HAS NOT BEEN SUFFICIENTLY EXAMINED IN THE
PLANNING DOCUMENT AND IS BEING REFERENCE HERE AS A STANDARD
Rainfall collection can provide additional water capacity even where we have Department of Water
Supply (DWS) systems.
NEEDS CLEAR EXPLANATION.
Align the Water Use Development Plan, Master Plan, General Plan, DWS Capital Improvements
Program (CIP), DWS guidelines, DWS water commitments, and private improvements to the DWS
system.
NEEDS CLEAR EXPLANATION.
IN THIS GENERAL PLANNING DOCUMENT THERE APPEARS TO BE NO
MENTION OF THE IMPACT OF MILITARY ON THE SOIL, WATER AND AIR QUALITY. HERE A
REFERENCE TO POLLUTERS UPSTREAM OF WATER SOURCES AND YET MILITARY IS NOT
MENTIONED? POHAKULOA MILITARY BASE CONTINUES TO LEASE FOR $1 AND CONDUCTS LIVE
FIRE TRAINING DIRECTLY ABOVE THE ISLAND’S VAST AQUIFER. IT HAS BEEN A KNOWN FACT
THAT DEPLETED URANIUM HAS BEEN SCATTERED ONTO THE BASE AND CONTINUES TO BE
DISTURBED BY MILITARY ACTIVITIES UP THERE.
• Encourage groundwater recharge from regional scale master planning to on-site best management practices
such as low-impact development (LID).
• Prioritize sewer for sensitive urban areas.
• Proactively seek grant funding to assist with wastewater development.
• Advocate for expanding cesspool conversion tax credit to all cesspool conversions. THESE ARE MAJOR COSTS
BEING PASSED ON TO HOME OWNERS.
• Explore opportunities for public-private partnerships as well as those for technology upgrades and innovation.
• Promote the expanded use of greywater for landscape irrigation and groundwater recharge via rules for new
construction and retrofits
• Advocate to the Department of Health (DOH) to adopt appropriately scaled requirements and standards and
develop flexible guidelines for designing and permitting wastewater systems that meet environmental objectives.
• Low-pressure systems should be prioritized for retrofitting instead of gravity flow. •
Drinking Water
Wastewater
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 128
Stormwater
Electricity & Energy
Telecommunications & Broadband
• Increase availability and access to information about private wastewater treatment plant capacities or
expansion opportunities.
• Prioritize resiliency measures that support climate change impact scenarios. • Regularly amend County codes to
be as current and innovative as possible.
• Increase opportunities for recycled water.
REMEDIATION IS A MAJOR OMMISSION
THIS SHOULD BE ELABORATED SINCE IT APPEARS TO
BE A DIRECTIVE. THE PUBLIC IS ENTITLED TO BE CONSULTED ON SUCH MATTERS.
AGAIN STATING THAT
REFERENCING OVER AND OVER THE NEED FOR ‘WASTEWATER DEVELOPMENT’ WHILE
DEDICATING NO TIME AND EFFORT TO EXPLORING ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF BIO
THE TERM ‘PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP’ IS A TERM ASSOCIATED WITH
INCREASED DEBT FOR THE PUBLIC AND A REDUCTION (USUALLY) IN HARD ASSETS THAT ARE
HANDED OVER TO CORPORATE PRIVATE INTERESTS.
development can contribute more to a centralized system.
Higher-density
HERE AGAIN WE SEE AN ASSERTION
THAT FUTURE DEVELOPMENT WILL BE HIGHER DENSITY AND THIS LACKS PUBLIC DISCUSSION
AND YET
• Be a leader in prioritizing green infrastructure over gray infrastructure.
• Ensure that stormwater infrastructure decisions align with related plans and the CIP
budget.
• Green infrastructure practices may provide opportunities for creating or expanding
industry.
• Prioritize the use of native plants in landscaping.
• Promote and support the development of alternative energy production facilities.
• Be a net power producer with hydrogen and waste management. THIS STATEMENT WARRANTS ELABORATION
OR IT DOESN’T BELONG IN THIS DOCUMENT.
• Hawaiʻi Island has the highest renewable energy percentage in the State and can continue
to support renewable energy projects to decarbonize our energy system and stabilize electricity costs.
WHAT DOES ‘DECARBONIZE OUR ENERGY SYSTEM’ ACTUALLY MEAN ? ELECTRIC CARS ON
THE ISLAND ARE CHARGED AT STATIONS THAT RELY ON POWER FROM DIESEL FUEL
GENERATORS. IN OTHER WORDS ELECTRIC CARS REMAIN DEPENDENT ON THOSE FOSSIL
FUELS BUT WE SEE OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT PROMOTING ELECTRIC CARS AS PART OF AN
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY STRATEGY. THE NOTION OF ‘DECARBONIZING OUR ENERGY SYSTEM’
IS FEEDING A MYTH ABOUT HOW RAPIDLY ‘WE’ CAN TRANSFORM OUR ENTIRE ECONOMY AND
OUR WAY OF LIFE. THE IDEA OF ‘DECARBONIZING’ THE ENERGY SYSTEM IS VERY VERY
RADICAL AND IS COMING FROM A SOCIALIST MYTH THAT CARBON (THE BUILDING BLOCK OF
LIFE) IS ‘BAD’ AND THAT SOMEHOW ‘CARBON’ IS THE CAUSE OF WEATHER EVENTS AND
‘CLIMATE CHANGE.’ THERE IS NO EVIDENCE THAT SUPPORTS A RADICAL AGENDA TO
‘DECARBONIZE’ OUR ENTIRE ENERGY SYSTEM.
FURTHER, SINCE THIS WILL REQUIRE COMPLETE DISRUPTION TO THE TRANSPORTATION
SYSTEM AND SINCE IT IS IMPLIED THAT PEOPLE WILL BE DISCOURAGED FROM MOVING
ABOUT ‘FREELY’ THIS IS A RADICAL OVERHAUL OF OUR ECONOMY WHICH IS LIKELY TO
PRODUCE MANY PAINFUL SHOCKS TO INDIVIDUALS, OHANA AND COMMUNITIES. THIS IS
ABOUT THE CLEAREST EXAMPLE OF ‘RECKLESS’ ADMINISTRATION OF GOVERNMENT THAT
ONE COULD POSSIBLY IMAGINE.
WHAT IS EXTREMELY DISTURBING ABOUT SEEING THE COUNTY DOCUMENT LINE UP SO
CLOSELY WITH DECLARED GOALS OF AN ELITE INSTITUTION REPRESENTING THE WEALTHIEST
1% OF OUR PLANET (‘THE WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM’) IS THAT THIS ORGANIZATION
APPOINTED ITSELF AS THE CUSTODIANS AND ARBITERS OF A PLAN TO BRING IN THE 4TH
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION WHICH IS THE MOST RADICAL OF ALL THE TRANSITIONS AT ANY
TIME IN HISTORY AND BROUGHT ABOUT THROUGH A SERIES OF CRISES: PANDEMIC DISEASE,
‘CLIMATE EVENTS’ THAT APPEAR AS A CRISIS AND ALSO FOOD SHORTAGES IN PART CAUSED
BY INTERFERENCE WITH SUPPLY CHAIN THAT BEGAN WITH LOCKDOWNS IN 2020. THE CATCH
PHRASE BY WEF LEADER KLAUS SCHWAB AT THE TIME OF INTRODUCING ‘THE GREAT RESET’
WAS ‘BY 2030 YOU WILL OWN NOTHING AND YOU WILL BE HAPPY.’
WE SPECIFICALLY OBJECT TO TERMS SUCH AS ‘DECARBONIZING OUR ENERGY SYSTEM’
BECAUSE THIS IMPLIES THAT YOU HAVE THE CONSENT OF THE PUBLIC
A) TO ASSERT THAT CARBON IS A PROBLEM AS IF THERE IS CONSENSUS ON THIS TOPIC
WHEN THERE IS NOT
AND B) TO TAKE EXTREMELY RADICAL AND DANGEROUS STEPS TO TRANSITION THE ENTIRE
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM AWAY FROM FOSSIL FUELS IN A VERY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME.
Support the County’s Broadband Initiative and coordination with the State to facilitate digital equity efforts
(e.g., establishing broadband as a public utility, infrastructure deployment, providing training support, and
coordinating funding strategies for broadband and telecommunication services).
AFTER 5G THERE IS
6G COMING . WITH EACH OF THE INCREMENTAL INCREASES IN THE INTENSITY OF THE
FREQUENCY ILLNESSES AND TISSUE DAMAGE RESULTS CONSISTENT WITH ‘RADIATION
POISONING’ . THERE NEEDS TO BE A COMMITMENT TO REVIEW SAFETY INFORMATION AND TO
TAKE AN APPROACH THAT HAS A PRECAUTIONARY PRINCIPLE. THIS IS THE MINIMUM
STANDARD OF GOOD
•
•
GOVERNMENT.
Compact development and higher population densities where appropriate are favorable for commercial
service providers as they contribute to more economically viable market conditions.
WHICH
‘COMMERCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS’ IS THIS REFERENCING ? THIS STATEMENT NEEDS TO BE
EXPLAINED BETTER OR ELSE REMOVED FROM THIS SECTION.
Providing consistent and accurate digital literacy data will promote a desirable level of service for all
residents.
WHAT IS DIGITAL LITERACY DATA AND HOW WILL THIS PROMOTE A DESIREABLE
LEVEL OF SERVICE ? IS ‘DIGITAL LITERACY DATA’ A CLASS OF INFORMATION THAT COMES
WITH VIGILANT PROTECTION OF EACH AND EVERY INDIVIDUAL; THEIR PRIVACY AND THEIR 1ST
AMENDMENT RIGHTS ? WITHOUT PROTECTION OF THIS KIND, IF OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT
IS WAIVING ON THE INVASIVE DATA COLLECTION PRACTICES OF THE DIGITAL INDUSTRY, THEN
IT MAY BE ENDANGERING THE PEOPLE OF THIS ISLAND. WE ARE REQUESTING THAT THE
PRIMACY OF SAFETY AND DATA PRIVACY ABOVE THE INTERESTS OF INVESTORS AND SERVICE
PROVIDERS ARE WRITTEN INTO THIS GENERAL PLAN. THERE IS A LOT OF DATA TO SUPPORT
THAT WHEN THE SAFETY AND PRIVACY OF INDIVIDUALS ARE COMPROMISED, THE PUBLIC
WILL BE ENDANGERED AND TYRANNY WILL LIKELY RESULT.
THESE ARE THE REASONS THE ENTIRE DOCUMENT IS FLAWED: WE DON’T SEE CARE TAKEN
BY OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT TO PROTECT INDIVIDUALS’ HEALTH AND SAFETY. .
• Increasing digital inclusion efforts, which focus on ensuring both access to and ability to use a range of
technologies, will contribute to better outcomes for health, public safety, economic opportunity, and civic
participation.
• Streamlining permitting and approval processes will improve the efficiency of broadband and
telecommunication development and delivery.
• Pursue partnerships to develop public spaces with broadband access.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 129
THE TERM ‘digital inclusion’ IS BASED ON AN ASSUMPTION THAT MORE ACCESS TO
5G AND HIGHER BANDWIDTH IS A POSITIVE THING. THIS PREMISE IS WIDELY PROMOTED IN
THIS POLICY DOCUMENT AND YET NO SAFETY STUDIES ARE CITED.
THIS IS AMBIGUOUS AND MAY BE PROMOTION OF A
LOOSE SET OF GUIDELINES FOR TOWER PLACEMENT THAT IS NOT IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST.
THIS IS AMBIGUOUS AND MAY
BE PROMOTION OF AN OBJECTIVE THAT IS NOT IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST.
4.3.2 Public Utilities Goal, Objective, Policies, and Actions
Our communities are adequately served by sustainable and efficient public infrastructure, utilities, and services
based on existing and future growth needs, sound design principles, and effective maintenance practices.
Objective 25
Improve the efficiency, reliability, and sustainability of essential infrastructure systems.
Policies
● 25.1
● 25.2 Provide utilities and service facilities that minimize total cost to the public and effectively serve the
needs of the community.
● 25.3 Utility facilities shall be designed to complement adjacent land uses and minimize pollution or
disturbance of the natural environment and natural resources.
●
users.
● 25.5 Encourage the clustering of developments to reduce the cost of providing utilities.
Public utility facilities shall be designed at a scale that meets the needs of future
development.
IN THIS DOCUMENT SO FAR, THERE IS NO INDICATION THAT AN
ACTUAL FOCUS ON THE ECONOMY, ON THE SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY THAT
REQUIRE SUPPORT, HAS ACTUALLY BEEN CONSIDERED. WHY IS THERE AN
EMPHASIS ON ‘FUTURE DEVELOPMENT’ WITHOUT THE MAIN FOCUS BEING
ECONOMIC GROWTH?
25.4 Improvement of existing utility services shall be encouraged to meet the needs of
THIS IS MEANINGLESS. WHY IS THIS SENTENCE NECESSARY ?
WE ARE FAMILIAR WITH THIS IDEOLOGY. IT’S NOT GOVERNMENT POLICY
DEVELOPMENT IT NEEDS TO BE NAMED FOR WHAT IT IT: ‘SMART CITY’
PROPAGANDA. STACK EM AND PACK EM HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS ARE A PART
OF THE PLAN AND THIS IS A RADICAL COMMUNIST AGENDA THAT WE REJECT.
IT IS THROUGHOUT THIS DOCUMENT WHICH IS EXTREMELY CONCERNING. THE
SMART CITIES THAT ARE BEING DESIGNED GLOBALLY ARE ANOTHER
REFLECTION OF WEF STATED GOALS TO CREATE URBAN CENTERS WHERE
SURVEILLANCE AND CARBON MONITORING FORM THE JUSTIFICATION FOR
CONFINING PEOPLE AND PREVENTING THEM FROM MOVING ABOUT FREELY.
THIS IS AN EXTREMELY DANGEROUS AND TRAITOROUS PROPOSAL TO FIND IN
A DOCUMENT THAT IS SUPPOSED TO BE DELIVERING TO OUR ISLAND A PLAN
FOR OUR WELL BEING AS A COMMUNITY, FOR ECONOMIC GROWTH, AND FOR
THE CARE OF OUR ‘AINA.
● 25.6 Develop short- and long-range capital improvements programs and plans for public utilities within its
jurisdiction that are consistent with the General Plan.
● 25.7 Maintain an Asset Management Program aimed at utilizing maintenance plans to prolong the life of our
utilities as well as reduce whole-life costs.
Actions
25.a Develop and adopt an Impact Fees Ordinance to aide in the expansion of public utilities. 4.3 Public Utilities |
County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 130
4.3.3 Drinking Water Conservation
The Hawaiʻi State Constitution provides that all public natural resources, including water, are held in trust by the
State for the benefit of the people. The State Constitution further maintains that “the State has an obligation to
protect, control, and regulate the use of Hawaiʻi’s water resources for the benefit of its people.” Water availability
is crucial to any type of development, whether urban, rural, or agricultural. Water availability is based on the
sustainable yields of the groundwater hydrologic units established through the State Water Code.1
Land use allocation must be closely related to water availability, including the quantity and quality of the water,
and the adequacy of the transmission and distribution system. The General Plan requires an understanding of
water availability and capacity, current demands, and future demands based on planned and anticipated future
growth and land uses. ‘
The County’s Department of Water Supply (DWS) is the primary agency that manages, controls, and operates the
water supplies of the County and its properties. There are 23 individual water systems distributed throughout the
island. Water demand is directly related to population and industry usage and is expressed as gallons per day
(gpd) or million gallons per day (mgd). Demand does not represent domestic consumption alone, but also includes
all agricultural, industrial, and commercial uses, fire protection, and other uses. In some areas, however, non-
domestic users are likely to create the major demand, and careful attention must therefore be given in any study
of probable future water needs.
In Hawaiʻi, there are a multitude of public agencies that are either actively tasked with regulating water resources
or whose policies affect water use. There are also a number of private entities that use and manage water
resources. Over the decades, water management has become segregated in a way that
has created disjointed, mechanical approaches to a naturally continuous resource. The disconnection has included
narrow perspectives that fail to see the larger picture. Hawaiʻi County aspires to achieve water resource
management that is free from the limitations and issues of siloed practices, processes, agencies, and government
bodies. Achieving a One Water approach in Hawaiʻi County includes actionable steps that can be adapted and
adjusted to localize the One Water strategies.
QUESTION : WHY IS A PRIVATE COMPANY BEING SOLD THE RIGHTS TO BOTTLE WATER
IN HILO ? WHY ISN’T A PLANNING DOCUMENT CONCERNED WITH FUTURE WATER
ACCESS CLEAR THAT NO WATER IS TO BE ‘SOLD’ OR COMMERCIALIZED SINCE IT
BELONGS TO THE PEOPLE OF HAWAII?
One Water
One Water is a strategy that integrates the management of stormwater, wastewater, groundwater, sea water,
freshwater, graywater, and recycled water to create resource and financial efficiencies.
ANY PREMISE USED TO CONTROL WATER ACCESS, WATER RIGHTS WHETHER BY A CORPORATION OR A
GOVERNMENT MUST BE REJECTED. WATER IS AN INCREASINGLY PRIVATISED COMMODITY ACROSS THE WORLD.
THIS SHOULD CONCERN US. IT ALREADY SEEMS EXTREMELY CONCERNING THAT ON THE ONE HAND APPLICANTS
HAVE REPEATEDLY ATTEMPTED VIA A COUNTY PERMITTING PROCESS TO PURCHASE THE RIGHTS TO BOTTLE
WATER FROM OUR MAUNA KEA AQUIFER AND ON THE OTHER HAND THAT THE COUNTY WOULD BE PROMOTING
CONTROL OF WATER MANAGEMENT IN A CENTRALIZED FASHION INVOLVING MULTIPLE ‘UNDISCLOSED
AGENCIES’
FURTHER, AGAIN THERE IS AN OBJECTION TO THE SUGGESTION THAT THE COUNTY OF HAWAII WILL ADDRESS
‘CLIMATE CHANGE IMPACTS’ WHEN THE VERY PREMISE OF CLIMATE CHANGE HAS BEEN CHALLENGED BY
MULTIPLE LEADING AUTHORITIES AND IS THE SOURCE OF CONTROVERSY DUE TO THE LACK OF HARD EVIDENCE
THAT ‘CARBON’ IS THE CAUSE OF ‘CLIMATE CHANGE’ AND ‘CLIMATE EVENTS’ THAT APPEAR TO REPRESENT AN
EMERGENCY.
Objective 26
Increase the protection of existing and potential sources of drinking water.
Policies
● 26.1 All public water systems shall be designed and built to the DWS dedication standards. All other
systems shall meet all relevant health and safety regulations and be designed and constructed by a licensed
engineer.
● 26.2 Water sources shall be protected to prevent depletion and contamination from natural and man-
made occurrences or events.
will help the County of Hawaiʻi address climate change impacts by creating cross-agency coordination
One Water
and advancing the capacity within agencies.
● 26.3 An effort by County, State, and private interests shall be coordinated to identify sources of
additional water supply to be implemented and ensure the development of sufficient quantities of water for
existing and future needs of high-growth areas and agricultural production.
● 26.4 Installation or rehabilitation of water distributions shall be sized to adequately meet fire protection.
● 26.5 Ensure the highest quality of water is reserved for the most valuable end-use.
● 26.6 Encourage the design of large development projects (200+ units) in the North
Kohala, South Kohala, North Kona, South Kona, and Kaʻū Districts to be as water neutral as reasonably
possible through water conservation, recharge, and reuse measures to reduce the water footprint.
● 26.7 Promote best practices in sustainable water collection and use for private water systems.
● 26.8 Water system improvements, including exploratory wells, shall correlate with the County's desired
land use development pattern.
● 26.9 The DWS shall prioritize infill development and focus source development to serve designated
Urban Growth Areas.
● 26.10 Waterdemandprojectionsshallincludeallconsumptiveandnon-consumptivedemands.
● 26.11 TheDWSandthePlanningDepartmentshallcoordinateprioritiesbeforetheadoptionofanynew water
development or County land use plans.
● 26.12 AllCountypotablewatersystemsshouldhavebackupstandbysources.
One Water
● 26.13
● 26.14 Managewater,stormwater,andwastewaterasthesamenaturalresourceincollaborationwithth e DWS,
DEM, DPW, and DOH.
● 26.15 New developments should be designed to reduce water demand, retain runoff, decrease flooding,
and recharge groundwater.
● 26.16 Supportlocalized,small-scalesolutionstowaterreuseandon-sitesystems.
Actions
26.a In collaboration with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), conduct further
research on localized rainfall modeling to accurately assess future precipitation trends.
Treat all water as a valuable resource in community design, and integrate designs
for drinking water, stormwater, and recreational water needs.
CONCERN: AN EXAMPLE
OF YET MORE POORLY EXPRESSED LANGUAGE THAT SEEMS INAPPROPRIATE.
WHAT IS MEANT BY ‘RECREATIONAL WATER NEEDS?’
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 132
● 26.b Expand water conservation programs, primarily aimed at reducing demand, such as leak detection,
and rebates for low flow.
● 26.c Evaluate and amend the fee schedule for water use to take into account high water use and aquifer
recharge projections. Use the funds generated to pay for conservation measures and infrastructure.
● 26.d Improve County water conservation practices to lead by example.
● 26.e Maintain the water master plan to consider water yield, present and future demand,
alternative sources of water, guidelines, and policies for the issuing of water
commitments.
● 26.f Collaborate with the DOH to develop standards and/or guidelines for the
construction and use of rainwater catchment systems to minimize the intrusion of any
chemical and microbiological contaminants.
● 26.g Promote the use of groundwater sources to meet DOH water quality standards.
● 26.h Seek state and federal funds to assist in financing projects to bring the County into
compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act.
● 26.i
Explore the feasibility of incentive methods such as property tax deductions,
conservation easements, or transfer of development rights to protect the defined zone of
influence of existing or proposed public and private wells. AGAIN THIS SEEMS TO
REFER VAGUELY TO THE PRIVATISATION OF WATER AND CONVERSELY TO
PROPERTY ACQUISITION WHICH IS NOT CURRENTLY CONSIDERED THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT. UNDER A COMMUNIST
GOVERNMENTAL SYSTEM ONE COULD EASILY EXPECT THAT A GOVERNMENT
WOULD BE CRAFTING POLICY IN SUCH A WAY THAT TRANSFER OF PROPERTY
FROM PRIVATE LANDOWNER TO GOVERNMENT WOULD BE FACILITATED.
● 26.j Investigate alternative financing options for expanding water systems to support infill growth
consistent with
● 26.k Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders
to develop, improve, and expand agricultural water systems in appropriate areas on the island.
● 26.l Continue to participate in the United States Geological Survey (USGS) exploratory well drilling
program.
● 26.m Expand programs to provide agricultural irrigation water.
One Water
● 26.n Develop water conservation and stormwater management guidelines for commercial, industrial, and
residential properties.
● 26.o Codify the administrative structure needed to develop a water resource program and
interdepartmental collaboration framework.
the County’s desired land use development pattern.
AGAIN
THIS IS A VAGUE REFERENCE WHEN THAT SHOULD NOT BE LEFT AMBIGUOUS
AND THIS IS CONCERNING BECAUSE IT COMPROMISES THE VALUE OF THE
ENTIRE DOCUMENT.
● 26.p Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders
to develop and facilitate community partnerships between upstream and downstream communities.
● 26.q Develop public-private partnerships to leverage funding sources. 4.3 Public Utilities | County of
Hawaiʻi General Plan 133
Table 35: Water System Standards Domestic Consumption Guidelines
Zoning Designation Residential: Single-Family or Duplex Multi-Family Commercial
Resort
Light Industry Schools and Parks Agriculture
••
Average Daily Demand
400 gals/unit
400 gals/unit
3000 gals/acre
400 gals/unit or 17,000 gal/acre 4000 gals/acre
4000 gals/acre or 60 gals/student 3400 gals/acre
A unit, or, more precisely, one Equivalent Unit (EU) of water allows for an average daily usage of up to 400
gallons per day and a maximum daily usage of up to 600 gallons on any day but the average is still not
allowed to exceed 400 gallons per day.
One EU is typically served through a 5/8-inch meter and is considered adequate for a single-family home or
dwelling and allows for some landscape or gardening usage.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 134
4.3.4 Wastewater Treatment and Reuse
The General Plan recognizes the significance of wastewater treatment and reuse as essential components
of the County’s comprehensive water management strategy. Adequate sewer systems are vital to maintain
public health and protect the environment. As communities generate wastewater through various sources
such as residential, commercial, and industrial activities,
effective treatment is necessary to remove harmful pollutants and contaminants
before the water is discharged back into the environment. Improperly treated wastewater can
have detrimental effects on marine ecosystems, coastal waters, and freshwater resources,
jeopardizing both human and ecological health.
An adequate system minimizes contamination of both the groundwater supply and coastal
waters, beaches, and waterborne recreational areas and is not a visual and odor nuisance.
Land development plans for resort-residential complexes located in shoreline areas pose a
potential water quality problem for adjacent near-shore waters. Adequate treatment facilities are
essential prerequisites for development.
HERE IN THIS DOCUMENT WITH NO REFERENCE TO BIO REMEDIATION AND WITH THE
SHEER VOLUME OF HOUSEHOLDS OPERATING OFF GRID, THIS DOCUMENT IS
CREATING ‘CRIME’ OUT OF REGULAR HOUSEHOLD OPERATIONS. THE FACT THAT THIS
COUNTY ADMINISTRATION IS PROPOSING A POLICY DIRECTIVE TO MANDATE/ FORCE
HOUSEHOLDS TO ADDRESS THE LACK OF INFRASTRUCTURE ON OUR RURAL ISLAND
IS A VERY RECKLESS DIRECTION TO TAKE.
REFER PREVIOUS COMMENTS 1) AN AUDIT SHOULD BE DONE OF THE CURRENT
WASTEWATER DIVISION 2) ALTERNATIVE BIOREMEDIATION METHODS MUST BE
INVESTIGATED AND FINDINGS PUBLISHED. MORE PUBLIC DISCUSSION AND PUBLIC
AWARENESS IS NEEDED BEFORE THIS POLICY DIRECTIVE WOULD BE ADOPTED SINCE
IT WILL LIKELY BRING GREAT FINANCIAL STRAIN TO MANY HOUSEHOLDS AND
REQUIRE ONEROUS LEVELS OF ‘ENFORCEMENT.’
Wastewater reuse, also known as water recycling or reclaimed water, involves treating wastewater to a level
suitable for non-potable uses. Reusing treated wastewater provides an opportunity to conserve precious
freshwater resources and reduce the strain on existing water supplies. For Hawaiʻi Island, where freshwater
resources are limited and vulnerable to climate change impacts, the implementation of wastewater reuse projects
becomes vital for ensuring water sustainability.
The County operates municipal sewerage in Hilo, Pāpaʻikou, Kapehu, Pepeʻekeo, Honokaʻa, Kealakehe, and Kaloko.
The remaining communities are served by private wastewater treatment facilities or individual facilities, such as
cesspools or septic tanks. In 2017, the Hawaiʻi State Legislature passed Act 125, mandating that all Hawaiʻi’s
cesspools be replaced by 2050. Cesspools are substandard sewage disposal systems as they do not treat
wastewater. According to the latest report on the Hawaiʻi Cesspool Hazard Assessment and Prioritization Tool,
Hawaiʻi Island contains an estimated 48,596 cesspools. Sewerage disposal system designs must be examined with
the particular region in mind. Of critical importance in an examination of sewerage disposal for a community is the
cost of the system, including construction and operation costs. These costs vary with the characteristics of each
area.
By implementing appropriate treatment processes, treated wastewater can
be used for a range of purposes, including irrigation of agricultural lands, landscape irrigation,
industrial processes, and groundwater recharge. This practice helps meet non-drinking water
needs, reducing the reliance on freshwater sources for non-potable purposes and leaving more
available for essential uses like drinking water.
THERE IS NO MENTION HERE OF THE
SAFETY CONCERNS THAT MUST ACCOMPANY SUCH USES OF TREATED
WASTEWATER.
The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974 legislated the protection of all aquifers or portions of
aquifers currently serving as drinking water sources and any other aquifer capable of yielding
consumable water. This mandate was based on a national concern for the quality of the
groundwater and the increasing evidence of contamination of this valuable resource.
In 1976, the State Legislature enacted Act 84, relating to safe drinking water, which requires the State Department
of Health (DOH) to establish an underground injection control program to protect the quality of the State’s
underground sources of drinking water. Because of the importance ofgroundwater as a source of municipal water
supplies, the underground injection control program is considered a beneficial approach in the identification of
aquifers that should be protected from subsurface disposal of wastewater through injection wells.
The protection of these aquifers is established by designating areas currently being used or will be used in the
future for drinking water supply.
In compliance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92- 500), the DOH
and the County jointly prepared the Water Quality Management Plan for Hawaiʻi County in 1978 and
subsequently updated the plan in 1980. In 1979, the County Council adopted the plan through a resolution to
serve as the planning guide for the development of regional waste treatment systems and the control of non-
point sources of pollution. To implement the management plan, the County has prepared facility plans for various
areas on the island. Facility plans are developed by the County to satisfy a requirement for the application of loans
from the State to develop wastewater treatment facilities. The facility plans identify problems, potential solutions,
and costs.
In 1985, the State Legislature enacted Act 282, Relating to Environmental Quality, which reassigns the County,
effective July 1, 1987, or upon receipt of State funds, to assume complete administration and implementation for
the regulation of sewerage and wastewater treatment system programs.
Source: Hawaiʻi News Now (2022).
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 136
HERE AGAIN THERE IS NO MENTION OF THE PRIMARY POLLUTER OF THE AQUIFER :
THE MILITARY BASE ON POHAKULOA. THERE IS ALSO NO MENTION OF TESTING
WATER QUALITY AND TESTING FOR CONTAMINANTS. THIS IS ANOTHER DIVISION OF
OUR COUNTY THAT SHOULD BE AUDITED. WHY IS NOTHING DONE ABOUT A MILITARY
POTENTIAL ‘SUPER FUND SITE’ OPERATING ABOVE A PRISTINE AQUIFER?
The Underground Sources of Drinking Water
(USDW) will be protected from pollution by prohibiting the construction of new injection wells
that may pollute the USDW. Injection wells are allowed in exempted areas. The boundary lines
between the USDW and the exempted areas have been developed.
** PROVIDE THIS
INFORMATION OR ELSE TAKE OUT THIS EXEMPTION REFERENCE. THE PUBLIC
SHOULD BE BETTER INFORMED UPON READING THIS PLAN, NOT LEFT IN THE DARK
TO WONDER
. Under Chapter 62, Wastewater Systems, the DOH adopted a 1,000-foot setback
of wastewater systems from all public drinking water wells and springs.
Objective 27
Planned and developed municipal sewer capacity is expanded to serve our Urban Growth Areas and reduce
sewage-related impacts on water quality.
Policies
● 27.1 A Sewerage Study for All Urban Areas, including appropriate water quality management strategies,
shall be completed and used as guides for the general planning of sewerage disposal systems.
● 27.2 Private treatment systems shall be installed by land developers for major resorts and other
developments along shorelines and sensitive higher inland areas, except where connection to nearby
treatment facilities is feasible and compatible with the County’s long-range plans, and in conformance with
State and County requirements.
● 27.3 Immediate steps shall be taken to designate treatment plant sites, sewerage pump station sites, and
sewer easements according to the facility plans to facilitate their acquisition.
● 27.4 The County shall obtain State and Federal funds to finance the construction of proposed sewer
systems and improve existing systems.
● 27.5 Plans for wastewater reclamation and reuse for irrigation and biosolids composting (remaining
solids from the treatment of wastewater are processed into a reusable organic material) shall be utilized
where topographically feasible and needed for landscaping, agricultural purposes, or fire protection.
Wastewater and Environmental Quality Prioritization
● 27.6 Pollution shall be prevented, abated, and controlled at levels that will protect and preserve public
health and well-being through the enforcement of appropriate Federal, State, and County standards.
● 27.7 Ensure municipal wastewater systems serve designated Urban Growth Areas (UGA) with the
capacity to accommodate projected population growth.
● 27.8 The Department of Environmental Management and the Planning Department shall coordinate
priorities before the adoption of any new wastewater development or land use plans.
● 27.9 Prioritize developing a multipronged approach to wastewater infrastructure funding, including
proactively seeking grant funding for wastewater system expansion, improvements, and new development.
● 27.10 Ensurewastewaterfeesreflectactualcostsforservice,maintenance,andfutureimprovements.
● 27.11 Ensure that wastewater systems and improvements are designed and functioning to maximize
system efficiencies, prevent accidental leaks or spills, and provide sanitary, reliable wastewater treatment
that is not negatively impacting natural resources.
One Water-Recycled Water Expansion
● 27.12 Striveforanintegratedapproachtostormwaterandwastewater,andwaterresourcemanageme nt that
is comprehensive and as efficient as possible.
● 27.13 Encourageon-sitewaterreusesolutionsforlargedevelopments. 4.3 Public Utilities | County of
Hawaiʻi General Plan 137
27.14 Encourageandincentivizethecollectionofrainfallfornon-potableuse.
27.15 PrioritizetheuseofgraywaterinareasconnectedtoCountywaterandnotconnectedtoCounty wastewater.
Actions
Wastewater and Environmental Quality Prioritization
● 27.a Prioritize areas where on-site wastewater treatment should be converted to sewer and establish
financial tools such as improvement districts to aid in implementation.
● 27.b Prioritize areas where wastewater treatment facilities are necessary to facilitate future growth and
utilize financing tools such as community facilities district (CFD) or tax increment financing (TIF) to aid in
implementation.
● 27.c Review, assess, and amend Codes relating to sewer connection requirements to ensure wastewater
issues and requirements are addressed in a consistent, sustainable, and socially equitable way.
● 27.d Develop a wastewater master plan with a clear prioritization method for wastewater system
expansions and improvements based on criteria involving land use, projected growth, social equity, and
environmental factors.
● 27.e Develop plans to improve, connect, or develop new wastewater systems in unsewered urban coastal
communities.
● 27.f Perform a study to assess individual wastewater systems (IWS) in unsewered urban growth areas to
assess the rate of failures/negative impacts, determine rates of large capacity cesspools still in use, and
develop plans to improve, connect, or develop new wastewater systems for unsewered urban communities.
● 27.g Proactively seek opportunities for public-private partnerships for wastewater collection and
treatment development.
● 27.h Facilitate the use of infrastructure improvement districts and other types of localized funding
mechanisms to fund improvements.
● 27.i Streamline the sewer connection loan program.
● 27.j Develop wastewater cost valuation in service fees (similar to the water model fee
structure).
● 27.k Develop a criteria-based infrastructure prioritization tool to develop new or expand
existing municipal wastewater systems. Base these priority areas on designated urban growth boundaries,
urban zoning and density, population trends and anticipated growth, health/safety, and environmental
factors.
● 27.l Implement innovative wastewater systems at a cost-effective scale for small communities.
● 27.m Amend the County Code, Section 21-26-1(a) requiring “all sewer extensions shall be approved by
resolution of the County council” to read, “all sewer extensions outside of Urban Growth Areas shall be approved
by resolution of the County council.”
REFERRING AGAIN TO CONCERNS THAT THIS IS AN UNFEASIBLE COST TO REGULAR
HOUSEHOLDS. THIS IS A VERY CONCERNING POLICY DIRECTIVE AND AS
ACKNOWLEDGED HERE, MORE STUDIES WOULD BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO
ADMINISTERING SUCH POLICIES.. SO WHY ARE WE SEEING THIS EMPHASIS IN THE
GENERAL PLAN ?
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 138
● 27.n In collaboration with the DOH Wastewater Branch, reevaluate and clarify the requirements set forth
in Hawaiʻi Administrative Rules (HAR), Section 11-62-31.1(a) (1) (B) and amend County sewer requirements
accordingly to accommodate needed housing units.
● 27.o Collaborate with the DOH to advance progressive wastewater technology and regulations.
One Water-Recycled Water Expansion
● 27.p In collaboration with the Department of Agriculture, develop a water resource strategy for efficient
agricultural water use and reuse.
● 27.q Install non-potable systems, such as reclaimed wastewater, brackish groundwater, and untreated
surface water in proximity to priority UGAs for non-potable water uses.
● 27.r Conduct supply and demand studies to determine a level of service for non-potable
water needs.
● 27.s Facilitate greywater reuse systems through code amendments and through
partnering with DOH for regulatory changes and incentives.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 139
4.3.5 Stormwater Infiltration and Green
Infrastructure
Stormwater management and the implementation of green infrastructure are critical elements of the General
Plan for their vital role in sustainability on Hawaiʻi Island. As an island ecosystem with limited freshwater resources
and vulnerable coastal areas, managing stormwater effectively and integrating green infrastructure practices are
essential for preserving our water resources and ensuring environmental sustainability.
Stormwater refers to the runoff from precipitation that flows over land surfaces, eventually entering water bodies
such as streams, rivers, and oceans. Stormwater is a crucial element of the island’s overall water landscape. While
precipitation may be an obvious contributor to stormwater, all the phases of the hydrologic cycle are related to
stormwater and are influenced by public utility decisions made in the built environment. Precipitation and surface
runoff are often the phases of the hydrologic cycle that people recognize as stormwater, whereas evaporation,
transpiration, and condensation are not as easily observed processes.
Uncontrolled stormwater runoff can lead to various detrimental effects on water resources and ecosystems.
Polluted runoff, also known as nonpoint source pollution, from agriculture, urban development, forestry,
recreational boating, marinas, and hydromodification activities is the leading cause of water pollution in waters
across the country and in Hawaiʻi. Uncontrolled stormwater runoff can also lead to localized flooding, causing
damage to infrastructure, property, and even loss of life. Implementing stormwater management strategies helps
to control the flow of stormwater, reducing the risk of flooding and associated hazards. Moreover, excessive
stormwater runoff can cause soil erosion, leading to the loss of fertile topsoil, sedimentation in water bodies, and
degradation of natural habitats. Proper stormwater management practices, including erosion control measures,
help minimize erosion and preserve the island’s natural resources.
Stormwater is a prime example of the unavoidable connections that exist between the built environment and the
natural environment. Increasing the opportunities for infiltration and transpiration can reduce the amount of
evaporation that surface runoff requires. The social, environmental, and economic impacts of stormwater
infrastructure have meaningful implications for our overall island sustainability as water is one of the most
precious resources.
Point and Nonpoint Source Pollution
Engineering efficiency in conveying stormwater runoff using impervious surfaces (e.g., paved swales, channelized
streams) must be balanced against environmental considerations. If the drainage is directed to streams, excessive
freshwater volumes and sediment loads may impact coastal water resources (e.g., degrade water quality and
smother coral reefs). If the drainage is directed to injection wells, more studies are needed to determine the
impact of storm runoff on groundwater quality. Sediment basins, wetlands, or less impervious methods of
conveyance (e.g., grass swales) should be considered where feasible to reduce nonpoint source pollution of the
coastal waters from stormwater runoff and filter infiltrating water.
Green infrastructure refers to the network of natural or engineered features that manage stormwater while
providing additional benefits to the environment and community. Such features may include rain gardens,
permeable pavement, bioswales, and vegetated buffers. Green infrastructure is crucial for stormwater
management, as it captures and absorbs runoff, reducing the volume and rate of runoff. By mimicking natural
hydrological processes like sediment filtration and bioremediation, it helps to recharge groundwater, replenish
streams, and
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 140
reduce stress on our water resources during periods of heavy rainfall.
By retaining and infiltrating stormwater, green infrastructure reduces the reliance on freshwater sources for
irrigation, thus conserving water resources. This is particularly important for our island communities where
freshwater availability is limited. Green infrastructure features may also provide habitats for native plants and
wildlife. They contribute to biodiversity conservation and help restore and enhance Hawaiʻi Island’s natural
ecosystems. Green infrastructure plays a key part in mitigating the impacts of climate change by reducing the
urban heat island effect, moderating temperatures, and increasing resilience to extreme weather events. These
measures align with the County’s sustainability goals and efforts to adapt to climate change.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 141 Page 166
34.15 Encourage the expansion of digital access and equity through the resilient buildout of broadband
infrastructure and facilities. Does this take into account the safety of 5G+? Is this to facilitate surveillance of
citizens in the future?
Page167
34.a Implement a Safe Route to School (SR2S) program for all schools. Will surveillance be implemented to ensure
safety?
Page169
4.4.6 Recreation
Housing developers should not bear a disproportionate burden, or be forced to contribute more than their fair
share, as inequitable requirements could deter needed housing development. This proviso seems to favor
developers.
Page171
35.a Provide funding for planning and acquisition,if necessary, of key corridor segments after corridor-zone plans
are adopted. Does this preclude the rezoning and acquisition of private property?
CONCERN: HERE AT LEAST WE SEE REFERENCES TO BIOREMEDIATION. WHY IS THIS
‘ACCEPTABLE’ AS A STRATEGY WHERE TREATMENT OF WATER RUN OFF IS
CONCERNED BUT NEVER ENTERTAINED IN THE MATTER OF RAW SEWAGE
TREATMENT (A ‘SOLUTION’ AND POLICY DIRECTIVE HERE WHICH THREATENS TO BE
COST PROHIBITIVE TO MANY HOUSEHOLDS? )
35.k Maintain an on-going program of identification, designation, and acquisition of areas with existing or
potential recreational resources, such as land with sandy beaches and other prime areas for shoreline recreation
in collaboration with government, private and non profit agencies, and other stakeholders. Please include private
property owners in your definition of stakeholders.
Page 175
4.4.7 Encouraging the establishment of farmers’ markets, community gardens, and a range of agricultural
activities can promote local food production and improve access to fresh nutritious food. Please include home
gardens.
Page 177
36.g Support the distribution of telehealth support services, particularly to unserved and underserved
communities. Encourage instead person to person contact.
36.j Amend the County Code to designate a lead agency for coordinating and responding to outbreaks of life-
threatening, highly communicable diseases pursuant to the DOH direction. While ensuring the statues of the
Nuremberg Code are observed.
Page 179
4.5.1 Blueprint for the creation of a 15 minute island, clustering us together in “a centralized, higher-density urban
infill, supported by nearby, accessible public and private services and facilities.”
Page 181
Under Housing Challenges Targets: “Homeownership for investment purposes that are kept vacant or used for
transient accommodation rentals reduces available stock for long term resident ownership and rental
opportunities.”
Prohibits and discourages the rights of private ownership.
Page 182
37.6 Vacant lands in the urban growth boundary (UBG) should be prioritized for residential and supportive uses
before additional agricultural lands outside the UBG are converted into urban uses.
With the consent of property owner should be included.
Page183
38.1 Enable data-driven research to support and maintain a housing inventory program that monitors existing
housing.
38.a Perform existing housing inventory data analysis to identify structural conditions and needs for rehabilitation
or demotion.
Both justify the necessity of more surveillance of the community. 38.a also precludes the private property owner’s
rights and opinions. Take this out or revise.
Page 184
39.5 Allow for and apply property tax and land use regulations to incentivize private property owners to provide
affordable housing units in mix-use and urban areas and to discentivize the land banking of unimproved
properties.
In other words land use regulations and property tax hikes will be weaponized against the private property owner.
TAke this out or revise!
Page185
Table 40: Additional Infrastructure - Provide adequate broadband without invading people’s privacy.
Ensuring future surveillance capabilities?
Page188
40.8 Require all County Departments to collaborate with the County Office of Sustainability, Climate, Equity, and
Resilience (OSCER) as the lead agency to ensure the integration of the County’s goals of sustainability, climate
resilience, and equity into all county operations and planning initiatives.
To whom does OSCER answer? Who’s watching the watchdog?
THIS ORGANIZATION WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2023. IT WAS PRESENTED TO THE PUBLIC AS AN AGENCY THAT COULD
ACCEPT GRANT FUNDS FROM GOVERNMENT AND NON GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND PRIVATE FOUNDATIONS.
IT WAS NEVER SUPPOSED TO BE GRANTED EXTRA POWERS AS AN ADMIINISTRATIVE ARM OF THE COUNTY
GOVERNMENT. WE SPECIFICALLY OBJECT TO THE LANGUAGE ‘REQUIRING’ ‘ALL COUNTY DEPARTMENTS’ TO
COLLABORATE WITH THE OSCER.
ADEQUATELY DEBATED IN OUR COMMUNITY . WE CHALLENGE THE SUGGESTION THAT THERE IS CONSENSUS ON
THIS MATTER AND WE SPECIFICALLY CHALLENGE THE OSCER ‘AGENCY’ TO PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE ABOVE. WE
SPECIFICALLY CHALLENGE THE PLANNING DIRECTOR AND THE LEGISLATURE TO STAGE A FULL PUBLIC REVIEW OF
BOTH SETS OF DATA AND BOTH ARGUMENTS THAT THERE IS A CLIMATE CRISIS CAUSED BY CARBON
THE ‘Office of Sustainability, Climate, Equity, and Resilience (OSCER)’ BEGINS WITH A FLAWED AND DISPUTED
PREMISE THAT THERE IS A CLIMATE ‘CRISIS’ AND THAT THE OTHER 3 ‘PILLARS’ OF THE ORGANIZATION
(SUSTAINABILITY, EQUITY AND RESILLIENCE) BELONG TOGETHER AS PART OF A ‘SOLUTION.’
WHAT IS FLAWED ABOUT THE BUZZ WORD ‘SUSTAINABILITY’ IS THAT THIS WORD LEADS THE IDENTICAL AGENDAS
OF CONTROLLING LAND USE, WATER RIGHTS, ACCESS TO PUBLIC SPACE, THE RIGHT TO TRAVEL, FARMING AND
PASTURING OF ANIMALS AND FOOD SECURITY. THESE BUZZWORDS ARE COMING FROM WORLD ECONOMIC
FORUM AND THE UNITED NATIONS. ALL OF THESE ORGANIZATIONS PLUS THE BILL AND MELINDA GATES
FOUNDATION AND ‘NET ZERO’ PROMOTE A DANGEROUS AGENDA OF OVERRIDING SOVEREIGN HOME RULE
LOCAL COUNTIES AND STATES AND REPLACING WITH ‘GLOBAL AGENDAS’ WHICH ARE BRINGING IN ‘COMMUNIST’
VALUES AND SYSTEMS OF PROPERTY ACQUISITION AND DESTRUCTION OF SMALL BUSINESS AND THE
CORPORATIZATION OF PUBLIC ASSETS.
WHAT IS FLAWED ABOUT THE BUZZ WORD ‘EQUITY’ IS THAT IT IS QUICKLY BECOMING A WAY OF WAVING ON A
COMMUNIST STYLE OF ADMINISTRATION OF GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS WHICH PROMOTES LARGER PORTION
OF THE POPULATION BEING ON WELFARE AND DIVERSITY HIRE PRACTICES THAT PROMOTE MEDIOCRITY AND
NOT MERITOCRACY.
THE WORD ‘RESILIENCE’ ALSO HAS COME TO BE ANOTHER ‘BUZZ WORD’ THAT IS A RATIONALE FOR THE CATCH
PHRASE ‘BUILD BACK BETTER’ AND THE IDEA THAT MORE RIGOROUS BUILDING CODES, MORE RESTRICTIONS AND
MORE BUILDING COSTS AND INSURANCE COSTS WILL FOLLOW IN THE AFTERMATH OF EACH ‘DISASTER.’
THE COUNTY’S ‘GOALS’ OF sustainability, climate resilience, and equity HAVE NOT BEEN
ELSEWHERE IN THIS DOCUMENT THERE WAS A CHALLENGE TO THE PREMISE THAT THE RECENT FIRE IN LAHAINA
WAS ‘NORMAL’ AND THAT THE RESULTING LOCKDOWNS AND FAILURE OF GREEN ADMINISTRATION TO SUPPORT
HOUSEHOLDS TO REBUILD ARE ALSO ‘NORMAL.’ TO THE CONTRARY, WHAT WE HAVE SEEN IN LAHAINA FOR THE
PAST 13 MONTHS EXEMPLIFIES THE WAY THAT THE WORD ‘RESILIENCE’ HAS COME TO MEAN ‘CONTROL OF A
POPULATION AFTER A DISASTER TO THE POINT THAT MANY WILL BE DISPLACED AND WILL BE FORCED TO LEAVE
THE AREA, FINDING NO WAY TO REBUILD AND RESTORE THEIR LIVES AND LIVELIHOOODS.’
Page194
Resulting in Longer Commutes: There are notable mismatches between locations of high population and job
centers.
Further justification for clustering in population centers. Further policy directive to justify curtailing personal
independent transportation options. This again is objectionable and shows contempt for a fundamental
constitutional right and as such has no place in a policy document published by this County Administration.
Page 196
Table 43:Economic Opportunities / General
Increase broadband infrastructure to provide opportunities for participation in the digital economy while allowing
for other economic alternatives.
CBDC’s here we come!
Page 206
46.i Partner with government, private and non profit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders for carrying
capacity studies of fisheries and the establishment of State community-based subsistence fishing areas.
More restrictions on fishing rights. Oddly in 5.3 Agriculture and Food Systems there is no mention at all of hunting
and gathering.
Page 210
Wahi Pana
Need assurances our wahi pana and other natural assets will be protected from commodification and
collateralization.
Page 213
49.1 [Encourage the] [i]ntegrat[ion] [of] ʻāina- place-based values
49.2 [Encourage] the accessibility
49.3 [Promote] a visitor industry
49.5 [Encourage] regenerative tourism efforts
49.6 [Foster] initiatives and improve[d] efforts
49.h and farmers, homeowners, and other residents to develop and support place-based educational programs
COMMENT: FINALLY HERE IS A DIRECTIVE THAT SPEAKS TO SUPPORTING THE EXISTING ECONOMY AND THE
PEOPLE WHO ALREADY LIVE ON THIS ISLAND. THE FACT THAT THIS IS SHOWING UP ON PAGE 214 SHOULD BE
CONCERNING TO ANYONE UNDERSTANDING THAT THIS DOCUMENT IS SUPPOSED TO GUIDE THE PRIORITIES OF
OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT AND LEGISLATURE. THE OPENING SECTION OF THE DOCUMENT SHOULD BE ABOUT
SUPPORTING THE EXISTING CULTURE AND ECONOMY OF THE ISLAND. THE CAPACITY TO SUPPORT AND HELP
GROW IN THIS AREA WOULD BE ALL
Page 215
6.1 para 2 presenting [residents a true voice] for the future of Hawaii Island.
1 [where citizens collaborate with the County to effect change consistent with plans developed under this
chapter.]
3 Ensure consistency among the General Plan and respective regional plans [What are regional plans?]
4 set forth in the General Plan’s [Should this be plural or possessive?]
5 Establish an implementation system that is based on county-wide, regional, and agency levels [What are
regional and agency levels?]
Page 216
Top para by promoting [economic] growth,
2nd para collaboration among various [residents]
“ Key areas of focus include fostering [understanding of the role of government in] ensuring community
engagement and input, securing funding, and coordinating priorities.
Page217 6.2.1
Para 1 Community Development Plan Framework
During the General Plan Comprehensive Review process, existing community plans were used to guide the CDP
framework. From the adoption of the Kona, Puna, North and South Kohala CDPs in 2008, Kaʻū CDP in 2017, and
Hāmākua CDP in 2018, there has been much to learn and grow from as we look to the future. The General Plan
also benefited from years of collective participation in CDP implementation efforts through regional committees
that implement their respective CDP. [NOTE: Hilo was not included in this CFP framework. Although there had
been Hilo meetings in the past that dealt with some issues contained in the General Plan, no mechanism was put
in place that paralleled the multi-year single-purpose work that was undertaken in the other six districts.]
Para 2 To build on these lessons learned, future CDPs[, which it is hoped will include a CDP for Hilo,] shall be
drafted
The purpose of a CDP is threefold:
3. Provide a process for citizens to engage in civic dialogue [through open-forum townhalls
where vigorous question-answer format is primary, eliciting the priorities of the community.]
Page 218
6. Social Capital and Community Network Mapping
During the process of reviewing a Community Development Plan, instances where community needs are not met
may be identified. Examples of this may include a need for community gathering spaces such as parks or
recreation hubs. Community Development Plans may identify such needs and outline a plan of action for
community members and other [Hawaii Island residents] to coordinate efforts, combine and collect resources,
and connect public and private sector agents to advocate for such enhancements to their community. [In the case
of Hilo, where a CDP was never initiated by the Planning Department, an examination of why this was neglected
must be addressed, for the purpose of getting input from this district even though the General Plan may have
been already implemented. This could be accomplished through addendums to the General Plan at future dates.]
Page 224
6.4.3
Para 1 The General Plan is a comprehensive framework designed to guide [innovative] development
patterns, [and provide assistance toward] future opportunities and public investments.
Para 3 The tables are intended to provide a clear and concise reference for agencies, policymakers,
communities, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
Page 225 Table 45
Climate change, carbon footprint, net zero,GHG emissions, green infrastructure projects, climate adaptation
The above terms, taken from Table 45, derive from the United Nations Agenda 21 Sustainable
Development, inaugurated in 1992 at the United Nations Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro.
Residents of Hawaii Island have never had the opportunity to engage in discussions in every
town, using every venue, to discuss the entire subject of climate change. It is a foundational
subject, as it is the substrate upon which so much of the General Plan is predicated. It is
un-Democratic to simply take ideas from other places and cement them into the plans we make
for our own people, our own land, our own island, without engaging in an unhurried, full-blown
examination of this agenda, neighbor with neighbor. Until such time as this takes place, we must
place this draft of a General Plan on hold.
Table 46
Objectives
13. Increase the use of Smart Growth principles to focus development within designated urban centers.
As above, SMART is an acronym taken from the World Economic Forum that pertains to
Internet-Of-Things technology. Its purpose is linkage of devices for the purpose of control and
monitoring. No island-wide discussion has taken place as to the merits of SMART GROWTH.
Again, it is a concept from far away, irreversible once implemented, without so much as a real
attempt to inform residents. How can a General Plan proceed on concepts alien to the people?
Table 47
21. [Engineer infrastructure] to reduce stormwater runoff.
Page 227
Table 48
25. Improve the efficiency and reliability
of essential infrastructure systems.
, and sustainability
28. Increase green infrastructure practices.
Example Indicators
Annual funding allocated for [efficient] infrastructure initiatives
Percentage of new development projects including [efficient] infrastructure elements
Table 49
Our communities are adequately served by sustainable and efficient public infrastructure
P232
6.4.4 1.a Seek [procedure] to support wetland identification and assessments.
1.j Identify partners and [S]upport a public awareness and education campaign to elevate recognition of the value
of urban trees as essential infrastructure.
3.b Create special (business) improvement districts to engage in environmental research, restoration and
maintenance, natural resource management, climate change or sea level rise
adaptation or other purposes to
benefit.
improve environmental conditions and provide community
4.a [Seek Hawaii Island residents and groups] to maintain and steward the preservation of sites, buildings, objects,
and landscapes of significant cultural and historical importance.
4.c
4.h [Foment discussion among] government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and
other stakeholders farmers, homeowners, and other residents
4.i private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders farmers, homeowners, and other
residents
Table 54: Climate Change
240
Table 56 Transportation Access and Mobility 20.e
Support the identification of Heritage Landscapes, Corridors, Areas, and Centers.
Heritage designation is UNESCO. It is crucial that Hawaii Island maintain control of its lands and
natural resources, free of encumbrances of global organizations
[Delete Table 54: Climate Change has not been debated across Hawaii County in a systematic
way. Such a debate would entail townhall presentations by each side, allowing all the time
necessary to absorb the decades of information circulating through media and academia. At
some later time, these information-gathering events could then be followed by public open
debates. Hawaii Island residents at that juncture would then be ready to decide whether they
wished to premise all future growth on the notion of Climate Change, or reject it as unscientific.]
Adopt a Complete Streets ordinance.
[Complete Streets derives from Agenda 21’s SMART
Cities designation. It has nothing to do with residents of Hawaii Island, until such time as they
can be apprised of the overall design of Agenda 21, as it entails constricting traffic, expanding
bike lanes and bus routes, installing islands - many changes that may or may not be workable.
Hilo and Kona have very different requirements, and a cookie-cutter approach levels
differences. Just because it is recommended by a national or international association does not
mean it is suitable here. Again, it must be thoroughly discussed across the island before a
decision can be made.]
22.a
[Vision Zero, as stated above with Complete Streets, is an internationally utilized approach to pedestrian safety
that first needs a full discussion here to see to what extent it is workable, if at all.]
243-255 27.d
27.g Proactively seek opportunities for [strategies] for wastewater collection and treatment development.
Amend the County Code to incorporate Vision Zero safety principles and Complete Street
design principles.
social equity,[No relevance to this category]
28.c Update the DPW Storm Drainage Standards to reflect current data and to incorporate strategies and
standards of green infrastructure and low impact development.
28.f Create a green infrastructure dedication standard.
28.l Identify County parks and recreation, rights-of-way, and other County owned sites for green infrastructure
demonstration projects
29.a Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers, homeowners, and other
residents for the research and development of alternative/renewable energy resources.
30.d Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities and other
[Hawaii Island residents]
30.i [Encourage private] funding for broadband initiatives and deployments.
30.m Foster [private investments] to support the development and expansion of broadband infrastructure,
32.c
32.p This point to be deleted
35.c Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
35.d Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
35.i government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other residents 35.k private and
nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
Review county lighting and landscaping ordinances to implement CPTED.
component of a SMART City that watches, listens, announces, tracks, records. It is a creation of
CPTED is a
Agenda 21 and the WEF and the UN. It must be rejected by the residents of Hawaii Island
unless/until it is thoroughly discussed and debated.
[ In light of the controversy in the aftermath of the Lahaina fire, to be formulating a
redevelopment plan, IN ADVANCE of an incident, creates a climate of distrust and anger. This
subject must be handled very carefully in discussions with groups and individuals across the
island.]
36.d communities, and other farmers, homeowners, and other residents 36.f communities, and other farmers,
homeowners, and other residents
Page 254
45.k Partner with government (e.g., DOT, DBEDT, etc.), private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers,
homeowners, and other residents to monitor
45.l Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies (e.g., business associations, realtors, chambers of
commerce, etc.), communities, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
45.m expand the research and development industry for [innovative] economic development. 46.i private and
nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
Thank you for your consideration on this matter.
Peace, love, and light,
C.
Christopher Barham
From:Donald
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Testimony On Hawaii General Plan 2045/ Go Back to 2005 GP!
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 10:25:05 PM
The Big Island General Plan 2005 supported communities to thrive AND
supported stewardship of the land.
The current 2045 plan is a complete 180 to the vision of the 2005 plan! Please throw
it out and start using the 2005 plan to move the Big Island forward!
To see the 2005 Big Island General Plan go to:https://www.planning.hawaiicounty.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/301643/63720
4664141830000
Here are a some reasons to throw out the 2045 plan:
It is too vague. The language is not clear what the plan wishes to accomplish.
There are MANY concerning sections that sound like rights, freedoms, and
property are at risk with this plan.
Page 111, section 17.4: "Land use application shall identify as early as
possible any existing or potential active living corridors that should be
incorporated into the counties open space network." This sounds like you'll be
looking at people's property to take for open space because they apply for land
use. That is not Pono and is an invasion of privacy!
2.2 Biocultural Stewardship Goal (1.13): "Incentive private land management
practices that enhance natural resources and values and when appropriate
pursue the acquisitions of lands for the protections of natural resources."
We've seen your incentives like the tax incentives on Maui, which is costingpeople thousands if they don't do what the government wants. You want to
acquire land to protect natural resources and values. Who gets to decide what
are natural resources and values? Whose values are they? Why do you think
it's your right to "pursue" acquiring someone's private property?!!
You have an entire section on climate change that looks to take away many
freedoms and rights. Did you know there are close to 2K credentialed scientists
from around the world that state there is no climate danger?
https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/ The reason for this narrative is the
change these policies will create will increase the pocket book of investors in
renewable energy as it reduces freedoms for the general population.
Page 116, 19.7: "Concurrency reviews should incorporate reduction in vehicle
miles traveled to mitigate traffic impacts and achieve sustainability and
demand management goals." The Constitution says we have the right to
travel! It is not the right of the Planning department to "demand" that your
management goals reduce that right! Anything that reads, "Reduce vehicle
miles traveled" should be removed from this plan! Please take a look at this pdf that shares a lot more issues with this general plan.
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0
207bf286e.pdf
The words home owner and farmer are written zero times in the General Plan
2045. Farmer is in the 2005 general plan 14 times and home owner is written 4 times.
2005 General Plan was created by people who know Hawaii, her people and the land.
That is the plan Big Island should use moving forward.
There are many other reason to use 2005 General Plan other than GP 2045. The
biggest is the amount of regulations that 2045 would put on current and future
generations as it takes away freedoms and imposes more rules, and fines. It wouldcompletely change the way of life on the Big Island!
Donald Noguchi
From:Heidi Hirsh
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Testimony Submittal for General Plan
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 10:37:11 AM
Aloha,
Please strike and toss out the 2045 general plan and stick to the 2005 plan. The 2045 plan hasglobaloists/deepstate goals and objectives throughout the plan. This is not the way we want to
live. We DO NOT want to live in a 15-minute smart city where our lives are controlledthrough a digital way of life. The 2045 plan is driving us toward that kind of an imprisoned
lifestyle. That is unacceptable. Please revisit and maybe update the 2005 plan to meet thedesires and goals of Hawaiian residents.
Mahalo,
Heidi Hirsh
From:Mary Maxwell
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:I now put my testimony in body of this email, and also attach it identically.
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 9:01:07 AM
Attachments:To Windward re 2045.docx
To: Windward Planning Commission
Thank you for considering my comment on Plan 2045. I strongly urge that it be dropped.
I find Plan 2005 to be breathtakingly beautiful. We need such a thing for the whole world. So
honest and so open.
I am not normally worshipful of the Past, and I do see the need to move forward. But Plan
2045 would narrow the options. Why do that? And where is the sense of who actually favors
the contents of 2045? To me, it sounds like all the political (pardon me) malarkey of the last
several years. Dry words, obscuring secret policies. Finally, when the truth comes out, we
mourn.
Just don't go down that wrong road. Please. Please!
Care for the true values of Hawaii. Let its good people speak. I can name three Hawaiians who
are bursting with the urge to be helpful: Tina Lia of Maui, Michelle Melendez of Big Island, and
Luna of HawaiiPaeAina.org. Not to forget Traci Derwin who moved to California.
It brings tears to my eyes (not joking) to think of the potential for a Plan that would
incorporate the dreams of such knowledgeable and dedicated individuals. What an
opportunity!
Just say No to Plan 2045 at the meeting today. This duty rests on your shoulders, Commission
members, for generations hence.
Thank you.
Yours respectfully,
Mary Maxwell, PhD Signed November 4, 2024
Website: ConstitutionAndTruth.com
From:Gary Wong
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Testimony on Hawaii General Plan 2045/Go Back to 2005 GP!
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 7:36:17 AM
The Big Island General Plan 2005 supported communities to thrive and supported stewardship of the land.
The current 2045 plan is a complete 180 to the vision of the 2005 plan! Please throw it out and start using the 2005
plan to move the Big Island forward!
It is too vague. The language is not clear what the plan wishes to accomplish. There are MANY concerning
sections that sound like rights, freedoms and property are at risk with this plan.
Thank-you
Rita Wong
From:Sara Steiner
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:REJECT the 2045 Plan - keep THE 2005 Plan - STOP STEALING OUR LAND AND WATER AND RESOURCES
Date:Monday, November 4, 2024 2:03:35 PM
Dear Windward Planning Department:
Do any of you folks that are pushing this live in rural areas? How can you draft this plan and tell us to
our faces that you arn't going to support infrastructure that has been in place since you approved the
substandard subdivisions in the Land and Power
days??? You folks didn't write this plan, this is a New World Order Steal Our Property Plan and you
don't get to do this!!!!
How can you change my AG designation to "Natural" Area. I already have a farm for 20 years .... No
No and NO!!!
This junk 2045 plan says you arn't changing the zoning but you are! And then you go on and say the
plan still has to be paid for and enacted by the Council but they can only approve the choices in the
2045 Plan - Period. What choice is that? It is no choice and you think your Planning Department head
can take anyone's land whenever they want? And we have to pay money to contest it - FORGET
THAT!!!
How can you possibly think you can allot me so many gallons of water - YOU DON'T OWN THE
WATER!!!
How can you possibly think I should pay The County of Hawaii more because I am poor and live in a
poor area with no roads and YOU WANT TO TAX ME CAUSE OF THIS - THIS PLAN SUCKS!!!
The Big Island General Plan 2005 supported communities to thrive AND supported stewardship of
the land.
The current 2045 plan is a complete 180 to the vision of the 2005 plan! Please throw it out and start
using the 2005 plan to move the Big Island forward!
To see the 2005 Big Island General Plan go
to: https://www.planning.hawaiicounty.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/301643/637204664141830000
Here are a some reasons to throw out the 2045 plan:
It is too vague. The language is not clear what the plan wishes to accomplish. There are MANY
concerning sections that sound like rights, freedoms, and property are at risk with this plan.
Page 111, section 17.4: "Land use application shall identify as early as possible any existing or
potential active living corridors that should be incorporated into the counties open space
network." This sounds like you'll be looking at people's property to take for open space because
they apply for land use. That is not Pono and is an invasion of privacy!
2.2 Biocultural Stewardship Goal (1.13): "Incentive private land management practices that
enhance natural resources and values and when appropriate pursue the acquisitions of lands
for the protections of natural resources." We've seen your incentives like the tax incentives on
Maui, which is costing people thousands if they don't do what the government wants. You want
to acquire land to protect natural resources and values. Who gets to decide what are natural
resources and values? Whose values are they? Why do you think it's your right to "pursue"
acquiring someone's private property?!!
You have an entire section on climate change that looks to take away many freedoms and
rights. Did you know there are close to 2K credentialed scientists from around the world that
state there is no climate danger? https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/ The reason for this
narrative is the change these policies will create will increase the pocket book of investors in
renewable energy as it reduces freedoms for the general population.
Page 116, 19.7: "Concurrency reviews should incorporate reduction in vehicle miles
traveled to mitigate traffic impacts and achieve sustainability and demand management
goals." The Constitution says we have the right to travel! It is not the right of the Planning
department to "demand" that your management goals reduce that right! Anything that reads,
"Reduce vehicle miles traveled" should be removed from this plan!
Please take a look at this pdf that shares a lot more issues with this general
plan. https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
The words home owner and farmer are written zero times in the General Plan 2045. Farmer is in the
2005 general plan 14 times and home owner is written 4 times. 2005 General Plan was created by
people who know Hawaii, her people and the land. That is the plan Big Island should use moving
forward.
There are many other reason to use 2005 General Plan other than GP 2045. The biggest is the amount
of regulations that 2045 would put on current and future generations as it takes away freedoms and
imposes more rules, and fines. It would completely change the way of life on the Big Island!
Again, You "planners" don't get to take our land and tell us where to live. You don't get to cut services,
road and emergency response on the poor rural areas to focus on your urban clustering...
We will see you in court if you enact this land theft plan !
Sara Steiner
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Attn: Chair and other commissioners (Important info)
Date:Friday, November 8, 2024 12:20:59 PM
Aloha,
I want to thank you so much for giving us a voice to recommend changes. I pray they will be takenseriously.
We are working on a draft for you with updates like creating an Ag Village instead of changing landuse to "recreation" which will lower property value and is a violation of the Constitutional right toown property.
Here is the first draft with recommendations I sent before Sept 26th to the Planning Department. Noneof these recommendations have been used and they shouldbe. https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
Here is the Climate Change Declaration signed by 1960 credentialed scientists stating there is noclimate danger https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf This is not aconspiracy theory.
Here is a video from John Coleman the 1st weatherman on Good Morning America in the 70's and thefounder of the weather channel in the 80's. He explains why there is no climatedanger. https://youtu.be/K56fms2VZTc?si=nHqdzsLHx1XBm55u
The rules and regulations that are based on climate change will further disregard the Constitution andpeople's right to live freely and should be removed.
I will have a more detailed document with further recommendations for you shortly.
The current General Plan 2045 will radically change the freedom people on Big Island have to thedetriment of our keiki.
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
November 5, 2024
Hawaii County Planning Department
Windward Planning Commision
Aupuni Center
101 Pauahi Street, Suite 3
Hilo, HI 96720
RE: Written Testimony Submission
County of Hawaii Proposed General Plan 2045;
Parcel (3) 2-1-06-16; 227 Kalanianaole Street, Hilo Hawaii
I am writing to formally submit this letter as written testimony to accompany my verbal testimony given
at the Windward Planning Commission; General Plan Hearing on November 1st 2024.
My name is Chris Kaiser, an employee with Pacific Quest and I represent them for this testimony. I reside
in Hilo, Hawaii.
Pacific Quest is the long term tenant on both the above referenced parcel 16 AND adjoining parcel 17. We
have been leasing both parcels since 2011 and we operate a Hawaii state licensed & CARF (Commission on
Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities) accredited, Group Living Facility that provides mental health
services to adolescents and young adults. We currently employ 75 people in Hawaii and have had a
presence on the island for 20 years. We created and maintain the Pacific Quest Foundation that has
donated over $65,000 to local charities since 2017.
As a long term tenant of the above referenced parcel, employer and long term community stakeholder,
Pacific Quest has an interest in the community and its future prosperity. We understand that the purpose
of the Hawaii County General Plan is to plan for the best future for Hawaii island and we sincerely
appreciate the time, effort and resources that have gone into it.
As a long term tenant we have plans to expand our services, including to develop parcel 16, and are
concerned that the proposed General Plan re-designation of parcel 16 would greatly impact any future
possibilities under consideration, and thus impact our ability to thrive and continue offering mental health
services and to create and provide jobs.
We apologize for not being involved sooner in the comprehensive process that we are now aware is taking
place. We were only made aware of this two weeks ago by our landlord and property owner David Owens,
who received a letter dated October 10th, 2024, informing him of the proposed redesignation of parcel 16.
In this letter it states that the proposed General Plan re-designation of Parcel 16 from its current “Resort”
class to “Open/Recreation”. The reason cited in the letter is County Park.
We understand that the General Plan is the overarching policy document that will guide development on
the island going forward. Although the letter states that the County Zoning (Hotel/Resort V class) and its
permitted uses would not be affected, the Planning Department has confirmed that there could be impact
to our ability to secure an SMA use permit, (which is required in order to develop any SMA property).
We also understand, in order to get an SMA Use Permit approved, the proposed development needs to be
consistent with the General Plan which is where the incongruence between the proposed General Plan
Open/Recreation “re-designation” for parcel 16 and its current and historical Hotel-Resort zoning class
would likely create future impacts and uncertainty for our organization.
In closing we want to reiterate our support for the process and hope that the Planning Department and
Windward Planning Commission will exclude parcel 16 from any re-designation.
Cordially
Chris Kaiser, Director
Pacific Quest
chris@pacificquest.org
From:James Agena
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Cc:Sidney Fuke
Subject:Notice of Proposed Change in Parcel Designation TMK 7-3-009-063
Date:Friday, November 15, 2024 2:31:28 PM
Attachments:Letter_11-15_Parcel 63 Designation_w-attachments_2.pdf
Dear Sir or Madam,
As counsel and manager, on behalf of Kaloko Residential Park, LLC, owner of property
described as TMK 7-3-009:063 (“Parcel 63”), and regarding the Notice dated October 10,
2024, KRPL objects to the proposed redesignation of Parcel 63 to Conservation.
Reasons are set forth in the attached letter/testimony. Further, please be advised that Mr.
Sidney Fuke, and Mr. Gregory Ogin are authorized consultants for KRPL.
Please contact me should you have any questions.
James Y. Agena
Kaloko Residential Park LLC
ph. no. (808) 532-9588
email: jya@agenaesq.com
This message, and any attachments hereto, are intended only for the addressee(s) and may contain privileged or confidential
information. Any unauthorized disclosure, use, or distribution to third parties is strictly prohibited. If you have received this
message in error, please notify the sender and delete the transmission. Thank you.
JAMES Y. AGENA Attorney At Law James Y. Agena, LLLC a Hawaii limited liability law company
Four Waterfront Plaza, Suite 430
500 Ala Moana Boulevard
Honolulu, Hawaii 96813
mailing address:
P.O. Box 27
Honolulu, HI 96810
Telephone (808) 532-9588
Email: jya@agenaesq.com
November 15, 2024
County of Hawaii
Leeward Planning Commission
Windward Planning Commission
101 Pauahi Street, Ste. 3
Hilo, HI 96720
Via email to: LPCtestimony@hawaiicounty.gov; WPCtestimony@hawaiicounty.gov;
and U.S. Mail
Re: Hawaii County General Plan Comprehensive Review/
Notice of Proposed Change in Parcel Designation
TMK: 7-3-009:063, O’oma 2nd, Kaloko, North Kona, Hawaii
Dear Sir or Madam:
My office represents Kaloko Residential Park, LLC (“KRPL”), owner of property
described as TMK 7-3-009:063 (“Parcel 63”), regarding the subject matter set forth in your
Notice dated October 10, 2024. KRPL respectfully objects to the proposed redesignation of
Parcel 63 from the existing LUPAG of Urban (expansion) to the proposed GPLU of
Conservation. Attached for reference is a map depicting Parcel 63 and surrounding properties,
and the County information as to Parcel 63 in general. Please consider the following:
The Designation Was An Error. Upon receipt of the Notice, KRPL (by Greg Ogin) was
placed in contact by Zendo Kern, Director, with April J. Surprenant, AICP, of the office of Long
Range Planning & Board of Appeals, Hawaii County Planning Department. It is our
understanding from contact with that office that the designation was made in error. Possibly a
GIS or mapping mistake that is in the process of being corrected.
KRPL is Not a Party to a “Lanihau master plan.” The Notice states that the reason for the
designation is the “Lanihau master plan.” This reason is vague and ambiguous as KRPL has no
prior notice of a Lanihau master plan, nor anything that would require the sudden designation of
its property. KRPL owns Parcel 63, and its 47 acres of previously designated Urban-expansion
that it is comprised of, not any other entity.
County of Hawaii
November 15, 2024
Page 2
If this designation involves Lanihau Properties LLC and some manner of plan it
proposes, then it is clear that it does not own, nor have an interest in Parcel 63. Nor is it known
what exactly are the reasons for the need to convert Parcel 63, to Conservation
zoning. It is unfair and impossible to rebut the designation without knowing the specific and
authorized reasons for it. 1
The adjacent property to the south of Parcel 63, is owned by Lanihau Properties LLC
(“Lanihau Properties”), and designated as TMK No. 7-4-008:081. See attached map. In the
event this involves a development per a master plan proposed by Lanihau Properties, for its own
benefit, which includes the redesignation of Parcel 63, which Lanihau Properties obviously does
not own, it is obviously suspect and unjust. The Lanihau Properties plan needs to designate its
own property for Conservation purposes to fulfill whatever intent it might have.
The Designation Would Deprive KRPLof its Intended Use. KRPL intends to develop
Parcel 63, along with other of its properties in the vicinity, to create a compact, mixed-use,
master-planned community offering a wide range of housing types and affordability, and a
variety of businesses and employment opportunities. This includes providing housing for the
working families of Hawai'i nearby areas of workforce demand, resultantly improving overall
quality of life through the reduction of commuting and facilitation of everyday function.2 To
achieve this goal KRPL would seek a land use reclassification and zoning changes to permit
these uses.
A designation of Parcel 63 to Conservation would effectively prevent KRPL from
proceeding with the intended development. Further, the designation would preclude KRPL from
1 Conservation being: (1) protecting watersheds and water sources; (2) preserving scenic and historic
areas; (3) providing park lands, wilderness, and beach reserves; (4) conserving indigenous or endemic
plants, forestry, fish, and wildlife; (5) preventing floods and soil erosion; (6) retaining open space areas to
enhance the present or potential value of abutting or surrounding communities; (7) using areas of value
for recreational purpose, other related activities, and other permitted uses not detrimental to a multi-use
conservation concept.
2 The KRPL’s intended use of the property addresses the goals of the Keahole to Kailua Development
Plan, prepared by the County of Hawaii Planning Department, and adopted by resolution by the Hawaii
County Council in April 1991. The Development Plan is intended to serve as an implementing tool for the
County General Plan and be a flexible guide for the future growth and development of the area.
The Keahole to Kailua Development Plan encompasses an area of approximately 17,000 acres in the
North Kona District extending from the Kau ahupuaa to the north, Mamalahoa Highway to the east,
Palani Road and Kailua Village to the south, and the shoreline to the west. The overall goal established
for the Development Plan is as follows:
“To develop a mixed residential, commercial, resort, industrial and recreational community, with
approximately 8,000 or more residential units, in a functional, attractive, and financially viable manner.
The community will include appropriate shoreline uses, public facilities, and infrastructure.”
County of Hawaii
November 15, 2024
Page 3
realizing the economic benefit of the potential of the property, and have the effect of a
governmental “taking” of property without just compensation. KRPL has paid a substantial
amount of real property taxes in the past totaling approximately $250,000.00 based upon an
Agricultural classification, and an expectation that it would be permitted to use the property for
at least that purpose. Attached is the webpage from the County real property tax office
describing the assessed market land value of $3,339,400.00 and property taxes paid.
KRPL Has Protested in the Past to a Conservation Designation. The Draft 2040 County
of Hawaii General Plan had proposed that KRPL property, including Parcel 63, be designated as
Conservation or Low Density Urban. KRPL submitted an objection in November 2019, based
upon many of the same reasons made in this letter. The 2019 objection in the form of a letter
from its attorneys to the Planning Department is attached hereto, and incorporated herein by
reference. KRPL renews the arguments made in 2019, in connection with the currently proposed
designation.
KRPL reserves the right to supplement this letter with further documentation and/or
testimony.
Should you have any questions, please contact the undersigned.
Very Truly Yours,
James Y. Agena
Attachments
C: Kaloko Residential Park LLC
County of Hawaii Planning Department 74-5044 Ane Keohokālole Highway,
Building E, 2nd Floor, Kailua-Kona, Hawai‘i.
ATTACHMENT 1
ATTACHMENT 2
From:Ken Honma
To:WPCtestimony; Stand Together Hawaii; statler.mark@gmail.com; Mark Jones; Helen Tupai
Subject:Hawaii 2045 general plan input
Date:Saturday, November 16, 2024 11:14:23 AM
To: Hawaii County Windward Planning Commission
Date: November 16, 2024Subject: Testimony On Hawaii General Plan 2045
Planning commission members, as a kupuna of Hawaii County, I wish to offer mythoughts to you on the Hawaii County General Plan 2045. Thanks for giving the people
this opportunity.It is obvious that a lot of time and effort has gone into producing this very large
document that will have many and great consequences for the present and futurepeople who live in the County of Hawaii.
Therefore it is very important for the writers to be clear about who is creating this plan,and what legal grounds they have to put it forth. In this document, some of the powers
that the the document includes, read like the commission intends to give itself dictatoriallevels of power.
The guidance of people of Hawaii county must be the starting and ending point of alldiscussions regarding anything in the proposed general plan.
Are the restrictions, taxes, accommodations, takings, enforcements, penalties,international associations, and complying with international values, in conformance with
the U.S. Constitution? I leave it to you to discuss why this is so important. The peopleof Hawaii county consider it monumentaly important. At this time, the people of Hawaii
county do not trust the county government, and having an open and public discussionabout constitutional conformance will help to alleviate questions and concerns about
this.Although it’s a given, it is illegal for any laws to be passed that are not in conformance
with the USA constitution. After all, your committee is legal only because of ourconstitutional republic process.
We want it to be explicidly clear in this proposed plan, that you, the planning commission,know its’ place in the hierarchy of our republic. To remind all the writers and readers of this
planof the fundamental reasons for the existence of this commission, please include the following
inthe introduction of this planning document:
We the People of the County of Hawaii, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establishJustice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the
general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, doordain and establish this General Plan for people of the County of Hawaii.
In case you have forgotten, it is We the people of the county of Hawaii, who daily live, work,play, and die here, who are the authors of this document, and who are also its beneficiaries.
Sincerely,
Ken HonmaKenh.7553@gmail.com, 8089677553, P.O.B0x 451 Kurtistown, Hi. 96760
From:Amy Harlib
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony Here
Date:Sunday, November 17, 2024 9:31:49 PM
To Big Island Testimony,
I fully support the below statements from Stand Together Hawaii.
1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone
in the entire world can have input on this plan.
Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. LocalCommunities are local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses,
and individuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will be personallyaffected by projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local community
engagement and management are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, asit helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests are considered.
2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions
to unelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is onpage 188, 40.8.
3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land
use will be changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This willdrastically lower their property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono.
It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. Thismust be made pono again.
4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be
further researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climatedanger. Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are from.
https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the firstweather man for Good Morning America and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone
on CNN and other media outlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He explain the reasonfor this narrative is the investors, in renewable energy, want to make these changes.
5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan
move forward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island.
6. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed forBig Island! We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a
resident of Papaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan.
Ag Village to add to the General Plan:
Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: Papaikou Site Plan: PapaikouDevelopment:
A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the
plan. You can see it in the pdf below:
Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals:
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.
Sincerely,
Amy HarlibCitizen, USA
From:Adele Henkel
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony
Date:Monday, November 18, 2024 4:37:38 PM
Dear Fellow Hawaiians/Community Stakeholders,
Here are some concerns:
1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in the entire world
can have input on this plan.
Please recommend Stakeholder be changed to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities are local
Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live on Big Island or have
property on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan.
Effective local community engagement and management are crucial for the success and sustainability of any
initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests are considered.
2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions to unelected officials.
This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188, 40.8.
3. The Planning Department has sent out letters to many homeowners telling them their land use will be changed
from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower their property value and opens
the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property
value is not okay. This must be made pono again.
4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be further researched.
There are over 1900 credentialed scientists that say there is no climate danger. Here is the pdf showing the scientists
and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman,
the first weather man for Good Morning America and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and
other media outlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in
renewable energy, want to make these changes.
But, there are extensive terra forming weather modification operations (aka geoengineering, SRM, etc.) being
conducted by the U.S. military and their contractors.
5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan move forward without
that? Hilo is 22% of the island.
6. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island! We need to
turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou, has created an Ag
Villages plan.
All in all, this plan being floated around the U.S, looks like a U.N. one-world-order agenda plan. Are you trying to
surrender Hawaii to those globalist elites?
Thank you for taking this to your Hawaiian hearts.
AH
Kailua Kona
From:Dawn Singleton
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii Plan testimony
Date:Monday, November 18, 2024 10:26:52 AM
Here are some concerns: 1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in the entireworld can have input on this plan.Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities are localBig Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live on Big Island orhave property on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in the generalplan. Effective local community engagement and management are crucial for the success and sustainability ofany initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests are considered. 2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions to unelectedofficials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188, 40.8. 3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land use will bechanged from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower their propertyvalue and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reducesomeone's property value is not okay. This must be made pono again. 4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be furtherresearched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger. Here is the pdfshowing the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good Morning America and the Founder of the WeatherChannel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He explain the reasonfor this narrative is the investors, in renewable energy, want to make these changes. 5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan move forwardwithout that? Hilo is 22% of the island. 6. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island! Weneed to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou, has createdan Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: Papaikou Site Plan: Papaikou Development: A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You can see itin the pdf below: Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.(Your Signature)Anyone can send in a testimony. You do not have to live on the islands. -Mahalo
Thank-youDawn Singleton
Dawn Eshelman Singleton, PhD, DHS, CTP, DNM
'Board Certified'
Quantum Biofeedback Specialist & Author
"FEEL BETTER THE NATURAL WAY"
www.quantumhealthhawaii.com
From:Eileen Downing
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan
Date:Monday, November 18, 2024 11:40:49 AM
Attachments:preview.pngpreview.pngpreview.pngpreview.png
Here are some concerns: 1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone inthe entire world can have input on this plan.Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. LocalCommunities are local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, andindividuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will be personally affectedby projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local community engagementand management are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensurethat diverse perspectives and interests are considered. 2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions tounelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page188, 40.8. 3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land usewill be changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drasticallylower their property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks theAloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. This must be madepono again. 4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to befurther researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger.Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for GoodMorning America and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other mediaoutlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is theinvestors, in renewable energy, want to make these changes. 5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan moveforward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island. 6. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for BigIsland! We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a residentof Papaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: Papaikou Site Plan: PapaikouDevelopment:
A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan.You can see it in the pdf below:
Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals:
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island. Eileen Downing
86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40
831c745bc
PDF Document · 63 KB
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf
86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a7
24eee8304
PDF Document · 123 KB
86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b6
91725786
PDF Document · 209 KB
86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0
207bf286e
PDF Document · 969 KB
From:1friendofyours
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Cc:alicia@palmvalleyfarm.com
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony
Date:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 6:01:42 PM
After several meetings with the community members we would like to see changes made to the
proposed General Plan.
Here are some concerns: 1. The plan defines " Stakeholder " 86 times, which means anyone in the world can have input onthis plan.
Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local
Communities are local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and
individuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will be personally affected by
projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local community engagement andmanagement are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure thatdiverse perspectives and interests are considered.
2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions to
unelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page
188, 40.8.
3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land usewill be changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drasticallylower their property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the
Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. This must be made
pono again.
4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to befurther researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger.Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good
Morning America and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other media
outlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is the
investors, in renewable energy, want to make these changes. 5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan moveforward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island.
6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivize
private land management practices that protect and enhance natural resource values and, when
appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources." "Incentives"mean more taxes. "Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring toobecause it's not the locals? "Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going topursing taking people's private property? Again with "protection of natural resources". This planshould be focused on people growing more food and it is doing the exact opposite!
7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big
Island! We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident ofPapaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan:
Papaikou Ag Village Objectives:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou SitePlan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf
A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You cansee it in the pdf below:PartOne: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdf
Part Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-
5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdf
Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island. It is also a Constitutional right
for us to travel. Limiting the amount of miles driven should not be considered in the General Plan.
Mahalo,
Alicia Wills
Palm Valley Farm LLC
Land Owner
From:Jancis Salerno
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony
Date:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 9:30:22 PM
Here are some concerns:
1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means
anyone in the entire world can have input on this plan.
Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local
Communities are local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations,
businesses, and individuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that
will be personally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan.
Effective local community engagement and management are crucial for the success and
sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests
are considered.
2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave
decisions to unelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be
created. This is on page 188, 40.8.
3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their
land use will be changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This
will drastically lower their property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is
not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is
not okay. This must be made pono again.
4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs
to be further researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no
climate danger. Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are
from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman,
the first weather man for Good Morning America and the Founder of the Weather
Channel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating, "There is no climate danger".
He explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewable energy, want to
make these changes.
5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General
Plan move forward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island.
6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats"
reads, "Incentivize private land management practices that protect and enhance natural
resource values and, when appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the
protection of natural resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes. "Protection" means
more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too because it's not the locals? "Pursue
the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going to pursing taking people's private
property? Again with "protection of natural resources". This plan should be focused on
people growing more food and it is doing the exact opposite!
7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed
for Big Island! We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve
Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan.
Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf Papaikou SitePlan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan.You can see it in the pdf below:PartOne: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdfPart Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdfHere is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdfThe way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island. Mahalo, Jan SalernoKona
From:john kochiss
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Fwd: General Plan
Date:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 9:12:55 PM
---------- Forwarded message ---------
From: john kochiss <questmatejk@gmail.com>Date: Wed, Nov 20, 2024 at 9:10 PM
Subject: General PlanTo: <LPCtestimony@hawaiicounty.gov>
I am writing as a concerned citizen and property owner on Hawaii Island. This plan designappears to take the choice of future development on this island away from the residents, and
give it to these nameless;Stakeholders" I am also concerned by what appears to be a tidal waveof red tape and bureaucracy headed our way. Steve Shropshire has drawn up an excellent plan
for a better way forward. And there is nothing being done to protect us from invasive species,plant and insect. Our island has been allowed to be over run with almost zero protection from
incoming pests, but try and sell your produce off the island, and you will hit a wall. If you aretrying to destroy the quality of life and sustainability of life on this aina, this plan will go a
long ways towards accomplishing that goal. Absolutely tone deaf to our needs, so it must bedrafted by some rich guys who want to take over. Please go back to the drawing boards before
you run off the remaining Kanakas and the rest of the citizenry. Sincerely, John Kochiss
From:Jon McGeeTo:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimonySubject:Revise Hawaii General Plan TestimonyDate:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 9:08:37 PM
Here are some concerns: 1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in theentire world can have input on this plan.Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communitiesare local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals wholive on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects,decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local community engagement and managementare crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverseperspectives and interests are considered. 2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions tounelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188,40.8. 3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land usewill be changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lowertheir property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the AlohaSpirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. This must be made pono again. 4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to befurther researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger.Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good MorningAmerica and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other media outletsstating, "There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, inrenewable energy, want to make these changes. 5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan moveforward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island. 6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivize privateland management practices that protect and enhance natural resource values and, whenappropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources." "Incentives"mean more taxes. "Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too becauseit's not the locals? "Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going to pursing takingpeople's private property? Again with "protection of natural resources". This plan should be focusedon people growing more food and it is doing the exact opposite! 7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for BigIsland! We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident ofPapaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf Papaikou SitePlan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. Youcan see it in the pdf below:PartOne: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdfPart Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdfHere is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdfThe way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island. JC McGee
Meetings to give your oral testimony: Community Meetings South Kona: September 17, 2024 at 5:00 p.m. - Rodney Yano Memorial Hall 82-6145 Māmalahoa Hwy, Captain Cook, HI96704 Kaʻū: September 19, 2024 at 5:00 p.m. - Kaʻū District Gym Multi-Purpose Room 96-1219 Kamani St, Pāhala, HI 96777 South Kohala: September 23, 2024 at 5:00 p.m. - Kūhio Hale 64-756 Māmalahoa Hwy, Waimea, HI 96743 North Kohala: October 1, 2024 at 4:30 p.m. - Old Judiciary Building 54-3900 Akoni Pule Hwy, Kapaʻau, HI 96755 Puna: October 3, 2024 at 5:00 p.m. - Pāhoa Community Center 15-3022 Kauhale St, Pāhoa, HI 96778 Hāmākua: October 9, 2024 at 5:00 p.m. - Kulaʻimano Community Center 28-2892 Alia St, Pepeʻekeo, HI 96783 Public CommentsSeptember 26, 2024: Public comments for this phase are due, following the guidelines set out by the current 2005 GeneralPlan, which indicates the public will have 21 days after the last workshop to share their comments with the Planning Director.[2005 GP 16.1(5)] Once this period ends, the Final Recommended Draft in its current form and all public comments will bepackaged and submitted to the Windward and Leeward Planning Commissions.November 2024: Planning Commission Public Hearings. Specific dates will be added once available. Upon the submission ofthe Final Recommeded Draft to the Windward and Leeward Planning Commissions, each commission will have 150 days toreview and provide their recommendations to the County Council. [2005 GP 16.1(8)]April 2025: County Council Public Hearings. Specific dates will be added once available.
From:Marija Kljuce
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Testimony on the general plan 2024 for big island Mahalo
Date:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 5:27:51 PM
Here are some concerns: 1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in theentire world can have input on this plan.Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities arelocal Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live onBig Island or have property on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects, decisions, oractivities in the general plan. Effective local community engagement and management are crucial forthe success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interestsare considered. 2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions tounelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188,40.8. 3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land use willbe changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower theirproperty value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law §5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. This must be made pono again. 4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be furtherresearched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger. Here is thepdf showing the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good MorningAmerica and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating,"There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewableenergy, want to make these changes. 5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan moveforward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island. 6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivize privateland management practices that protect and enhance natural resource values and, when appropriate,pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes."Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too because it's not the locals?"Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going to pursing taking people's privateproperty? Again with "protection of natural resources". This plan should be focused on people growingmore food and it is doing the exact opposite! 7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island!We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou,has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf Papaikou Site
Plan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You cansee it in the pdf below: PartOne:https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdfPart Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdfHere is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdfmarija kljuce
Sent from my iPad
From:Marlies Lee
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:General plan 2045
Date:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 8:01:43 AM
Aloha,
How binding is a 20 year general plan? We might change our minds in 5 years.
We actually need CO2 to grow food and fauna.The Climate change topic also has scientists that tell a different story and they get suppressed
by the media. Wonder why?So before you make new laws, this topic needs to be revisited.
The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means
anyone in the entire world can have input on this plan
Who is a Stakeholder, can you please define that exactly.
Only we here can/should decide what’s happening on our Island. Not big money elsewhere.
MahaloMarlies Lee
Sent from my iPhone
From:Michelle Melendez
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:Testimony for General Plan (Plz do not let it go through the way it is!)
Date:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 3:32:02 PM
Aloha Commissioners,
This may be the first time you're able to look at the Big Island General Plan 2045 and it is DEEPLYconcerning something like this is being considered.
Here are some concerns: 1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in theentire world can have input on this plan.Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities arelocal Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live onBig Island or have property on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects, decisions, oractivities in the general plan. Effective local community engagement and management are crucial for thesuccess and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests areconsidered. 2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions tounelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188, 40.8. 3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land use willbe changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower theirproperty value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law §5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. This must be made pono again. 4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be furtherresearched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger. Here is the pdfshowing the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good MorningAmerica and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating,"There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewableenergy, want to make these changes. 5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan moveforward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island. 6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivize private landmanagement practices that protect and enhance natural resource values and, when appropriate, pursuethe acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes."Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too because it's not the locals?"Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going to pursing taking people's privateproperty? Again with "protection of natural resources". This plan should be focused on people growingmore food and it is doing the exact opposite! 7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island!We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou,has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf Papaikou SitePlan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You cansee it in the pdf below:PartOne: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdfPart Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdfHere is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdfThe way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island. Please do not let it go throughthe way it currently is written.
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weightOrder your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Penny G
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony Here
Date:Wednesday, November 20, 2024 5:46:55 PM
Here are some concerns:
1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally meansanyone in the entire world can have input on this plan.
Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. LocalCommunities are local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses,and individuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will be personallyaffected by projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local communityengagement and management are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative,as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests are considered.
2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisionsto unelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is onpage 188, 40.8.
3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them theirland use will be changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This willdrastically lower their property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is notpono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is notokay. This must be made pono again.
4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs tobe further researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climatedanger. Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are from.https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the firstweather man for Good Morning America and the Founder of the Weather Channel has goneon CNN and other media outlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He explain the reasonfor this narrative is the investors, in renewable energy, want to make these changes.
5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Planmove forward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island.
6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivizeprivate land management practices that protect and enhance natural resource values and,when appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources."
"Incentives" mean more taxes. "Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this planreferring too because it's not the locals? "Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say theyare going to pursing taking people's private property? Again with "protection of naturalresources". This plan should be focused on people growing more food and it is doing theexact opposite!
7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed forBig Island! We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, aresident of Papaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan.
Ag Village to add to the General Plan:
Papaikou Ag Village Objectives:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou Site Plan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf
Papaikou Development:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf
A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan.You can see it in the pdf below:
Part One:https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdf
Part Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdf
Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.
On behalf of: "Local Communities”. Local Communities are local Big Island farmers,homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live on Big Island or haveproperty on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in thegeneral plan.
Penny M Grutzmacher
From: Aukai Sewell <aukaiesewell@yahoo.com>
Sent: Thursday, November 21, 2024 3:05 PM
To: LPCtestimony <lpctestimony@hawaiicounty.gov>; WPCtestimony
<wpctestimony@hawaiicounty.gov>
Subject: Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony Here
based on community meetings please consider our concerns there are many other concerns to us people one being restricting our
travel because of false science if climate change being a threat to humanity the greatest threat is a corrupt govern ment that over
reaches thier power . making our lives to expencive and making it harder to do buisness by corruption and over regulation and
useless taxes th
remember all these things affect our childrens future in hawaii if you thing over regulation is the answer then our children will moove
out and let rich people take all our land . maybe thats what the county of hawaii wants . well i and many others dont want it . thank
you
Here are some concerns:
1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in the entire world can have input on
this plan.
Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities are local Big Island farmers,
homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will be
personally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local community engagement and management
are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests are
considered.
2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions to unelected officials. This is NOT okay!
This department should not be created. This is on page 188, 40.8.
3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land use will be changed from resident to
recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower their property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This
is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. This must be made pono again.
4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be further researched. There are over
1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger. Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are from.
https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good Morning America
and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He
explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewable energy, want to make these changes.
5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan move forward without that? Hilo is 22%
of the island.
6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivize private land management practices that
protect and enhance natural resource values and, when appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural
resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes. "Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too because it's not
the locals? "Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going to pursing taking people's private property? Again with
"protection of natural resources". This plan should be focused on people growing more food and it is doing the exact opposite!
7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island! We need to turn land into Ag
Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan.
Ag Village to add to the General Plan:
Papaikou Ag Village Objectives:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou Site Plan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf
Papaikou Development:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf
A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You can see it in the pdf below:
Part One: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdf
Part Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdf
Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.
AUKAI E SEWELL
Anyone can send in a testimony. You do not have to live on the islands. -Mahalo
From:donna grabow
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Revision is vital! Hawaii General Plan 2045
Date:Thursday, November 21, 2024 8:47:32 AM
Please omit the creation of a "OSCER Department." This is on page 188, 40.8.
This proposed OSCER clause in the Hawaii General Plan 2045 will not allow the voice of the
people.
The clause overrides any community input and will void people's concerns, leaving alldecisions to unelected officials.
Please remove the undemocratic OSCER clause from the plan.
Thank you for consideration on this matter.
Regards,
Donna GrabowHilo
From:Joanna Weber
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony Here
Date:Thursday, November 21, 2024 6:53:17 PM
Topic: Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony Here
ALOHASome of my concerns are as follows:
An extensive part of the plan is dedicated to "Climate Change".
However, why do most experts state there is NO climate danger?
*Over 1900 credentialed scientists have signed a World Declaration
literally stating, "There is No Climate Danger". Review it
here https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf
The declaration states: "To believe the outcome of a climate model is to
believe what the model makers have put in. This is precisely the problem
of today’s climate discussion to which climate models are central. Climatescience has degenerated into a discussion based on beliefs, not onsound self-critical science. Should not we free ourselves from the
naive belief in immature climate models?"
*John Coleman, Good Morning America's first weather man and the
founder of the Weather channel states, "There is No Global Warming". Find
it here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K56fms2VZTc
*50 Years as Meteorologist with the US Airforce and Climatologist
Professor David Dilley, says the earth is cooling not warming. He explains
the Milankovitch Cycles here: https://youtu.be/sa-_tlITPnM?si=0-
ubPSELxpFnAVH5
*On the Boston Globe’s YouTube channel, on May 14, 2010, MIT Professor
of Meteorology Richard Lindzen shared, “If one asks, “Is the temperature
increasing or decreasing?” it's always doing one or the other. I have noconcern about that. By asking people to worry about whether it's going up
or down, you're immediately establishing dishonesty. The Earth is always
changing. Climate change is nothing you have to prove. It always is
happening. It always has happened. So, to make that into somethingalarming seems a little bit weird to me." Find his interview
here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pwvVephTIHU
Profession Lindzen also stated, “At any given place, traditionally, sea levelis measured by what are called tide gauges: a stick in the water, basically.
Two things that change are what a tide gauge shows: the land moving up
and down and the sea moving up and down. In most places, it's the land
that has the biggest effect, and so you don't have a good measure of sea
level rise.”
*On August 21, 2020, NASA published an article titled “NASA-led Study
Reveals the Causes of Sea Level Rise Since 1900.” Find the article
here: https://climate.nasa.gov/news/3012/nasa-led-study-reveals-the-causes-of-sea-level-rise-since-1900/
It reads:
“Sea levels have risen on average 1.6 millimeters (0.063 inches) per year
between 1900 and 2018.”That means the sea level has risen a little over 7.4 inches in the last 118
years! Does that show the world is in danger of being engulfed by water?
No. It shows that it will be a very, very, very long time before humans are
in danger. Does that mean documentaries like “An Inconvenient Truth” aretelling lies?
*An article was published in the Seattle Times on October 12, 2007, titled
“British judge ruled the Oscar-winning film on global warming, "AnInconvenient Truth," contains "nine errors."” (Find the article
here): https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/truth-is-gore-film-has-
9-errors-british-judge-rules/
*Here is the list of inaccuracies found in Court taken from the “Friends Of
Science” website.
The inaccuracies in the documentary include (Find the article here):
https://friendsofscience.org/assets/documents/FOS%20Essay/British_High_Court_Ruling_on_An_Inconvenient_Truth.html):
1. The film claims that melting snows on Mount Kilimanjaro evidence
global warming. The Government’s expert was forced to concede that thisis not correct.
2. The film suggests that evidence from ice cores proves that rising CO2
levels cause temperature increases over 650,000 years. The Court foundthat the film was misleading: over that period, the rises in CO2 lagged
behind the temperature rises by 800-2,000 years.
3. The film uses emotive images of Hurricane Katrina and suggests thatthis has been caused by global warming. The Government’s expert had to
accept that it was “not possible” to attribute one-off events to global
warming.
4. The film shows the drying up of Lake Chad and claims that this was
caused by global warming. The Government’s expert had to accept that
this was not the case.
5. The film claims that a study showed that polar bears had drowned due
to disappearing arctic ice. It turned out that Mr. Gore had misread the
study: in fact, four polar bears drowned, and this was because of a
particularly violent storm.
6. The film threatens that global warming could stop the Gulf Stream,
throwing Europe into an ice age. The Claimant’s evidence was that this
was a scientific impossibility.
7. The film blames global warming for species losses, including coral reef
bleaching. The Government could not find any evidence to support this
claim.
8. The film suggests that sea levels could rise by 7 meters, causing the
displacement of millions of people. In fact, the evidence is that sea levels
are expected to rise by about 40 centimeters over the next 100 years andthere is no such threat of massive migration.
9. The film claims that rising sea levels has caused the evacuation of
certain Pacific islands to New Zealand. The Government was unable tosubstantiate this, and the Court observed that this appears to be a false
claim.
*Also, the Court's interim ruling included the following:1. The film suggests that the Greenland ice covering could melt, causing
sea levels to rise dangerously. The evidence is that Greenland will not melt
for a millennia.
2. The film suggests that the Antarctic ice covering is melting; theevidence was that it is, in fact, increasing.
*High Court Judge Michael Burton stated:“Former Vice President Al Gore, the documentary’s moderator, makes ninestatements in the film that are not supported by the current mainstream
scientific consensus. For instance, Gore’s script implies that Greenland or
West Antarctica might melt soon, creating a sea-level rise of up to 20 feetthat would cause devastation from San Francisco to the Netherlands toBangladesh.”
The judge called this “distinctly alarmist” and said the consensus view isthat if Greenland melted, it would release this amount of water “but onlyafter, and over, a millennia.”
The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times andliterally means anyone in the entire world can have input on this plan.
Please recommend the word “Stakeholder” to be changed to the
following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities are local BigIsland farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and
individuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that
will be personally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in the
general plan. Effective local community engagement andmanagement are crucial for the success and sustainability of any
initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests
are considered.
The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input
and leave decisions to unelected officials. This is NOT okay! This
department should not be created. This is on page 188, 40.8.
The Planning Department has sent out letters to many homeowners
telling them their land use will be changed from resident to recreation
due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower their property
value and opens the door to re-zone the area. This is not pono. Itbreaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property
value is not okay. This must be made pono again.
There is a huge section on climate change and things that will beaffected. This needs to be further researched. There are over 1900
credentialed scientist who say there is no climate danger. Here is the
pdf showing the scientists and which country they are
from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good Morning
America and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN
and other media outlets stating, "There is no climate danger". He
explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewableenergy, want to make these changes.
Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big
Island General Plan move forward without that? Hilo is 22% of theisland.
1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native
habitats" reads, "Incentivize private land management practices thatprotect and enhance natural resource values and, when appropriate,
pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural
resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes. "Protection" means more
rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too because it's not thelocals? "Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going
to pursing taking people's private property? Again with "protection of
natural resources". This plan should be focused on people growing
more food and it is doing the exact opposite!
This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is
what is needed for Big Island! We need to turn land into Ag Villages
and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou, hascreated an Ag Villages plan.
*Ag Village to add to the General Plan:
Papaikou Ag Village Objectives:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4c
dd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou Site
Plan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02
efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf
Papaikou Development:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645
b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf
*A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship
that is in the plan. You can see it in the pdf below:
PartOne: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f
1d140069415f7b691725786.pdf
Part Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681
c2ec.pdf
*Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c46
1685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.
ALOHA, JOANNA WEBER
From:kate kennedy
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan 2045
Date:Thursday, November 21, 2024 4:06:00 PM
Aloha Commissioners and members of the council,
This email is in reference to many concerns contained in the proposed general plan put forward for 2045.
Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities
are local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who
live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects,
decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local community engagement and
management are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that
diverse perspectives and interests are considered.
2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions to
unelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188,40.8.
3. The Planning Department has sent out letters to homeowners telling them their land use will be
changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower their
property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit
law § 5-7.5. This must be made pono again.
4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be
further researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger.
Erroneous information has been put forward over past decades regarding various climate
concerns that were later revised or curtailed upon further investigation. Here is the pdf showing
the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-
241023.pdf
5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan move
forward without that? Hilo comprises 22% of the island population.
6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, “Incentivize private
land management practices that protect and enhance natural resource values and, when
appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources." ”Incentives"mean more taxes. "Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too becauseit's not the locals? "Pursue the acquisition of lands" - this type of phrasing is replete throughoutthe document and is ambiguous at best but more often confusing and misleading to the constituentreader.
7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big
Island! Regarding alternatives, Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou, has created an Ag
Villages plan. This is just one example of alternatives that could be utilized rather than the guides
put forward in the proposal
Papaikou Ag Village Objectives:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou Site Plan:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf
Papaikou Development:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf
Mahalo for your time and investment toward a healthy and vibrant future for all residents of the Big Island
Sincerely,
Kate Kennedy
Pahoa
From:Akuakea
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:Kevin Hill testimony
Date:Thursday, November 21, 2024 11:05:36 PM
I’m writing to address a major concern about certain assumptions that are stated and that much
of the plan is based on but are problematic at best, but worse are perhaps outright false andmisleading.
My issues today are the presumption that we mean the same thing when we discuss“sustainability” and that we agree about “climate change” and its inherent presumptions
especially that co2 is a poluntant, that man is the largest cause of this climate change ( bybreathing and burning of fossil fuels etc). Several points on this:
1. When Al Gore popularized that we were going to be extinct by the year 2000 he used theterm “global warming”. Now we talk about “climate change”! To make a crisis out of
“climate change” is circular logic and deceptive at its core. If it gets warmer it’s a crisis. If itgets colder it’s a crisis and the presumption carry’s that it’s man’s fault by exhaling co2.
Simply existing and breathing is problematic and justifies open conversation about efforts toreduce the population! We used to think that it was immoral to plot ways to reduce
population because of the sacredness of life now it’s normal every day conversation. 2. Many of the thousands of intelligent people who have debunked these presumptions point
out that to blame humans for the changes in climate ignores major factors that have massiveinfluence on weather and climate - two of which are solar activity (proximity and intensity of
the sun and its changing position and intensity over time) and the irrefutable fact of man’smanipulation of weather.
Please educate yourselves if this challenge is new to you as this general plan assumes that
these arguements are settled and closed in favor of a deceptive and destructive worldview. Here are a couple of sites that are loaded with irrefutable proof of man’s preoccupation not
only with modifying the weather but weaponizing it using technologies that are being pushedstrongly in our own neighborhoods right now.
A. Weathermodifictionhistory.com. Well written summaries of the history of weathermodification since 1946 and tremendous resources to patents, DOD publications, public
hearings before congress in 2015 that addresses Chem trails and creation of high altitudeclouds etc.
B. Geoengineeringwatch.org. Site loaded with information on the topic, soil samples watersamples, air samples that show the aluminum, barium and strontium aerosolized metals
affecting the air we breathe, the water we drink and the soil in which we raise our crops andfeed our animals. Well done site with enormous amounts of data assembled by a retired
engineer. C. Library.NOAA.gov - this site shows those who REPORT their weather modification
activities… the most impactive ones that we see in the news are NOT voluntarily listed! Afew minutes here will show how common and readily available information is of man’s
manipulation of weather. It’s not all evil… but some of it absolutely is and you see it on thenews every month.
The world meteorological organization reports at least 50 countries are regularly using
weather modification technologies. Russia and China and the US have all made publicstatements of their ability to use weather weapons in warfare.
The technologies involve sending the atmosphere with aerosolized chemicals that then can beinfluence by land based frequencies to create, amplify and steer weather - hurricane, tornados,
earthquakes that create tsunamis, cyclones, manipulation of the jet stream, blocking of the sun. Spend some time on these sites and you will likely conclude that in this conversation the same
parties offering a solution consisting of more restrictions on land use, travel, greater taxationto fund the solutions etc are the same parties creating the problem. Problem, reaction, solution
- and the peoples’ liberty and prosperity pay the price of a “more government” solution. As to technology being aggressively disseminated in our neighborhoods today… can anyone
think of a technology that we all use that functions by the projection of frequencies throughthe air in order for our communications to function? Coincidence that some of the best and
oldest research on 2.4 ghz (the frequencies our cell phones and Wi-Fi function on are Russianstudies in the 1940s about frequency weapons? Look it up. France doesn’t allow cell towers
in residential areas - we put them in our schoolsAnd church parking lots. You may find that there is a disturbing, undeniable connection
between 5g (and other frequencies) and harm to biology as well as being effective in affectingweather.
I wholeheartedly reject what I believe are inaccurate and deceptive agendas based on half
truths that are lumped into this idea of sustainability.
I’m interested in a general plan that:1. Honors our constitution
2. Recognizes the sovereignty of the individual and the sacredness of land stewardship. Thepeople are the rulers, land belongs to people not corporations and governments pretending to
be for the people but are really about controlling resources to control people not empowerthem.
3. Acknowledges that people take care of people and solve problems, not Beurocrats, lawyersand politicians. Innovation and liberty are sacred concepts that are inherent in the people.
4. Recognizes that we are all trustees of what the Creator has loaned us and that we all areaccountable for what we leave future generations.
Mahalo for your attention and for doing your own studies on the sites I’ve listed and others. I
believe just an hour on either of the two sites I mentioned will convince that much of what’sbeing heralded as evidence of “climate change” is indeed, but it’s “man-made” - not because
we breathe or burn fossil fuels but because a few are using technology as often happens tomanipulate, control and harm. These few hope that we will react emotionally to half truths
and buy into a solution that leaves we the people poorer and even less free. As WEF leaderKlaus Schwab likes to say “you will own nothing, and you will be happy”.
I pray that our Island m, our county leads the way in liberty, in pursuit of truth, in faithfulness
to our Constitution and Bill of Rights and is indeed a land “perpetuated in righteousness”
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimonySubject:Testimony on General Plan Climate Change
Date:Thursday, November 21, 2024 5:12:02 PM
Aloha Leeward Commission,
Mahalo so much for listening to us today. I know you are all volunteers and I really appreciate your time.
A huge part of the plan is dedicated to "Climate Change". However, I've researched and found many climate experts disagree withthis narrative.
This is VERY dangerous because this section will add more rules, and regulations and take away freedom. In the name of climatechange it will restructure the Big Island way of life and give more power to the government.
Here is what you need to know:
Over 1900 credentialed scientists have signed a World Declaration literally stating, "There is No Climate Danger". Review ithere https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf
The declaration states: "To believe the outcome of a climate model is to believe what the model makers have put in. This isprecisely the problem of today’s climate discussion to which climate models are central. Climate science has degenerated into adiscussion based on beliefs, not on sound self-critical science. Should not we free ourselves from the naive belief in immatureclimate models?"
John Coleman, Good Morning America's first weatherman and the founder of the Weather channel stated, "There is No GlobalWarming". Find his talk here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K56fms2VZTc
50 Years as Meteorologist with the US Airforce and Climatologist Professor David Dilley, says the earth is cooling not warming.He explains the earth was closer to the sun 800 years ago. He shares the Milankovitch Cycles here: https://youtu.be/sa-_tlITPnM?si=0-ubPSELxpFnAVH5
On the Boston Globe’s YouTube channel, on May 14, 2010, MIT Professor of Meteorology Richard Lindzen shared, “If one asks,“Is the temperature increasing or decreasing?” it's always doing one or the other. I have no concern about that. By asking peopleto worry about whether it's going up or down, you're immediately establishing dishonesty. The Earth is always changing. Climatechange is nothing you have to prove. It always is happening. It always has happened. So, to make that into something alarmingseems a little bit weird to me." Find his interview here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pwvVephTIHU
Profession Lindzen also stated, “At any given place, traditionally, sea level is measured by what are called tide gauges: a stick inthe water, basically. Two things that change are what a tide gauge shows: the land moving up and down and the sea moving upand down. In most places, it's the land that has the biggest effect, and so you don't have a good measure of sea level rise.”
On August 21, 2020, NASA published an article titled “NASA-led Study Reveals the Causes of Sea Level Rise Since 1900.” Findthe article here: https://climate.nasa.gov/news/3012/nasa-led-study-reveals-the-causes-of-sea-level-rise-since-1900/
It reads:
“Sea levels have risen on average 1.6 millimeters (0.063 inches) per year between 1900 and 2018.”
That means the sea level has risen a little over 7.4 inches in the last 118 years! Does that show the world is in danger of beingengulfed by water? No.
It shows that it will be a very, very, very long time before humans are in danger. Does that mean documentaries like “AnInconvenient Truth” are telling lies?
An article was published in the Seattle Times on October 12, 2007, titled “British judge ruled the Oscar-winning film on globalwarming, "An Inconvenient Truth," contains "nine errors."”
Here is the list of inaccuracies found in Court taken from the “Friends Of Science” website (Find the articlehere: https://friendsofscience.org/assets/documents/FOS%20Essay/British_High_Court_Ruling_on_An_Inconvenient_Truth.html):.
The inaccuracies in the documentary include:
1. The film claims that melting snows on Mount Kilimanjaro evidence global warming. The Government’s expert was forced toconcede that this is not correct.
2. The film suggests that evidence from ice cores proves that rising CO2 levels cause temperature increases over 650,000 years.The Court found that the film was misleading: over that period, the rises in CO2 lagged behind the temperature rises by 800-2,000years.
3. The film uses emotive images of Hurricane Katrina and suggests that this has been caused by global warming. The
Government’s expert had to accept that it was “not possible” to attribute one-off events to global warming
4. The film shows the drying up of Lake Chad and claims that this was caused by global warming. The Government’s expert hadto accept that this was not the case.
5. The film claims that a study showed that polar bears had drowned due to disappearing arctic ice. It turned out that Mr. Gore hadmisread the study: in fact, four polar bears drowned, and this was because of a particularly violent storm.
6. The film threatens that global warming could stop the Gulf Stream, throwing Europe into an ice age. The Claimant’s evidencewas that this was a scientific impossibility.
7. The film blames global warming for species losses, including coral reef bleaching. The Government could not find anyevidence to support this claim.
8. The film suggests that sea levels could rise by 7 meters, causing the displacement of millions of people. In fact, the evidence isthat sea levels are expected to rise by about 40 centimeters over the next 100 years and there is no such threat of massivemigration.
9. The film claims that rising sea levels has caused the evacuation of certain Pacific islands to New Zealand. The Government wasunable to substantiate this, and the Court observed that this appears to be a false claim.
Also, the Court's interim ruling included the following:
1. The film suggests that the Greenland ice covering could melt, causing sea levels to rise dangerously. The evidence is thatGreenland will not melt for a millennia.
2. The film suggests that the Antarctic ice covering is melting; the evidence was that it is, in fact, increasing.
High Court Judge Michael Burton stated:
“Former Vice President Al Gore, the documentary’s moderator, makes nine statements in the film that are not supported by thecurrent mainstream scientific consensus. For instance, Gore’s script implies that Greenland or West Antarctica might melt soon,creating a sea-level rise of up to 20 feet that would cause devastation from San Francisco to the Netherlands to Bangladesh.”
The judge called this “distinctly alarmist” and said the consensus view is that if Greenland melted, it would release this amount ofwater “but only after, and over, a millennia.”
You may be asking, "Why is this in the general plan and why is the climate change narrative in the media throughout the world ifit isn't true?"
Because those who've invested in renewable energy will profit greatly and have more power over people if we adopt theirnarrative. They also own most of the news. I'm not a climate denier. I'm not a conspiracy theorist. I'm someone who researchesuntil I discover the truth.
The truth is, if you put this plan through as it is, you will destroy freedom and prosperity on Big Island for future generations.
You have the power to help bring light to this plan. I trust in God and I trust in you.
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weightOrder your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Sarahlee Kittons
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimonySubject:REVISE HAWAII GENERAL PLAN TESTIMONY HEREDate:Thursday, November 21, 2024 9:41:30 AM
Thank you for giving me the opportunity to input into the General Plan process.
I agree with the attached addresses and pdf’s created attached to this email at the bottom. Please consider and apply the changes to The General Plan. We need more emphasis on our local involvement and theinspiration to embrace and promote participation for the highest good. Effective local community engagement and management are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests are considered.
The “Stakeholder” definition should be considered seriously as to the application and intention for allowing less than desirable outcomes to the direction of interests and control. Local Communities are theprime energies to direct the success and healthy life on the Island. More emphasis should focus on inspiring community involvement as this creates healthy purpose for the residents here and works towardunity and success of more of the residents.
OSCER'S team are indoctrinated educated off island young people with limited knowledge and experience of the cultural aspects and desirable progress for the people here on the island. Plans have beenhanded down world wide from a hierarchy of unelected officials as a format for change based on terms as “smart” and “sustainable” and “climate”. This has been infiltrated into the education systems. Theterm “Smart" may have the promotion of intelligence, but it loses overall when embracing details and truth that come from the aloha. Sustainable should be changed to aspirations and desires toward outcomes,this means it’s always evolving based on change and understanding.
Climate has not yet addressed the heating of the atmosphere and weather patterns by the electric communications, satellites and haarp and such devices or the geoengineering of the weather. How many towersand what are their effect on the communities environments, mental impact and biological outcomes. The manipulation of our planet and its population through technology and the attention pushing peopletoward ignoring the surrounding aina, is proving to be detrimental and no one is addressing this fact. Yet blaming it on the people and fossil fuels, where green technology is not proving a perfect solution eitherand is polluting the planet also. Most implementations of systems are set up by the unelected officials and corporate entities that glean the profits by its outcome, yet lobbied and promoted into governmentsystems.
Changing zoning and lowering property values is a huge question. If you look at the designation of resident to re-creation. What is being re-created? The people were all ready established on their property. Value? What is the true value of a property, but it’s stewardship and use to nurture the life created there - it’s sacred space to the inhabitants. It seems the value benefits are focused and directed to the taxassessors or real estate sales and profits and now toward a general plan. Not working with the true value of the aina and its inhabitants.
Have visited with an appraiser here in Hawaii stating they started using Marshall and Swift/Boeckh software for appraisal. around Covid. The properties have doubled and tripled in many cases here in the last few years. With commercial RE being hit hard. If you follow the links through the web Marshall &Swift/Boeckh company which was bought out by Corelogic which was bought up by Stone Point Capital and with Insight Partners. These are global venturecapital firms. They make these companies look like they are small operations.. they are not. I would consider that all information for land and property is at the hands of these large corporate firms formanipulation of the people along with census statistics.
I find it interesting that if every city (which I know one other city recently brought their software in) is using their software these corporations with investors are driving up the markets for their profits and couldbe influencing price strategies across the world. With the printing of money and redirection of wealth this is all tied into land acquisition of mega proportion.
We need to question everything and the intention and power behind it. Because of these increases migration across the country has happened and businesses have closed and people can’t afford propertieswhich has driven the homeless situation and housing crisis. Look at what has happened in downtown Kailua with the businesses and parking - where does this stem from. Now we have a plan that transitionsproperty ownership and businesses as a steal by force of economic planning.
I stand with the changes submitted here as alternatives and additions to the Plan.
Please consider and review the changes needed to promote our Hawaii Island community.Thank you Sarahlee Kittons
Our common welfare should come first; personal progress for the greatest number depends upon unity.
This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island!We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident ofPapaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf Papaikou Site Plan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. Youcan see it in the pdf below: PartOne:https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdfPart Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdfHere is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
(Your Signature)
From:Tariq Aboufakhr
To:WPCtestimony
Cc:LPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony
Date:Thursday, November 21, 2024 9:56:00 AM
This raises my eyes..
Here are some concerns: 1. The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in theentire world can have input on this plan.Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities arelocal Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live onBig Island or have property on Big Island that will be personally affected by projects, decisions, oractivities in the general plan. Effective local community engagement and management are crucial forthe success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interestsare considered. 2. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions tounelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188,40.8. 3. The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land use willbe changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower theirproperty value and opens the door to rezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law §5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay. This must be made pono again. 4. There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be furtherresearched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger. Here is thepdf showing the scientist and what country they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man for Good MorningAmerica and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating,"There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewableenergy, want to make these changes. 5. Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan moveforward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island. 6. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivize private
land management practices that protect and enhance natural resource values and, when appropriate,pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes."Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this plan referring too because it's not the locals?"Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going to pursing taking people's privateproperty? Again with "protection of natural resources". This plan should be focused on people growingmore food and it is doing the exact opposite! 7. This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island!We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou,has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou SitePlan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You cansee it in the pdf below: PartOne:https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdfPart Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdfHere is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdfThe way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.
From:AddressOnlyTemporary
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Revise Hawaii General Plan Testimony Here
Date:Friday, November 22, 2024 5:13:03 AM
To Whom It May Concern,
Here are some of my concerns with the General Plan:
There is a huge part of the plan dedicated to "Climate Change". However, why do most experts state there is NO climatedanger?Over 1900 credentialed scientists have signed a World Declaration literally stating, "There is No Climate Danger". Review it
here https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdfThe declaration states: "To believe the outcome of a climate model is to believe what the model makers have put in. This is
precisely the problem of today’s climate discussion to which climate models are central. Climate science has degenerated into adiscussion based on beliefs, not on sound self-critical science. Should not we free ourselves from the naive belief in
immature climate models?"John Coleman, Good Morning America's first weather man and the founder of the Weather channel states, "There is No GlobalWarming". Find it here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K56fms2VZTc
50 Years as Meteorologist with the US Airforce and Climatologist Professor David Dilley, says the earth is cooling not warming.He explains the Milankovitch Cycles here: https://youtu.be/sa-_tlITPnM?si=0-ubPSELxpFnAVH5
On the Boston Globe’s YouTube channel, on May 14, 2010, MIT Professor of Meteorology Richard Lindzen shared, “If one asks,“Is the temperature increasing or decreasing?” it's always doing one or the other. I have no concern about that. By asking peopleto worry about whether it's going up or down, you're immediately establishing dishonesty. The Earth is always changing. Climatechange is nothing you have to prove. It always is happening. It always has happened. So, to make that into something alarmingseems a little bit weird to me." Find his interview here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pwvVephTIHU
Profession Lindzen also stated, “At any given place, traditionally, sea level is measured by what are called tide gauges: a stick inthe water, basically. Two things that change are what a tide gauge shows: the land moving up and down and the sea moving upand down. In most places, it's the land that has the biggest effect, and so you don't have a good measure of sea level rise.”
On August 21, 2020, NASA published an article titled “NASA-led Study Reveals the Causes of Sea Level Rise Since 1900.” Findthe article here: https://climate.nasa.gov/news/3012/nasa-led-study-reveals-the-causes-of-sea-level-rise-since-1900/ It reads:“Sea levels have risen on average 1.6 millimeters (0.063 inches) per year between 1900 and 2018.”That means the sea level has risen a little over 7.4 inches in the last 118 years! Does that show the world is in danger of beingengulfed by water? No. It shows that it will be a very, very, very long time before humans are in danger. Does that meandocumentaries like “An Inconvenient Truth” are telling lies?
An article was published in the Seattle Times on October 12, 2007, titled “British judge ruled the Oscar-winning film on globalwarming, "An Inconvenient Truth," contains "nine errors."” Find the article here: https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/truth-is-gore-film-has-9-errors-british-judge-rules/
Here is the list of inaccuracies found in Court taken from the “Friends Of Science” website.The inaccuracies in the documentary include (Find the articlehere: https://friendsofscience.org/assets/documents/FOS%20Essay/British_High_Court_Ruling_on_An_Inconvenient_Truth.html):1. The film claims that melting snows on Mount Kilimanjaro evidence global warming. The Government’s expert was forced to
concede that this is not correct.2. The film suggests that evidence from ice cores proves that rising CO2 levels cause temperature increases over 650,000
years. The Court found that the film was misleading: over that period, the rises in CO2 lagged behind the temperature rises by800-2,000 years.3. The film uses emotive images of Hurricane Katrina and suggests that this has been caused by global warming. TheGovernment’s expert had to accept that it was “not possible” to attribute one-off events to global warming.
4. The film shows the drying up of Lake Chad and claims that this was caused by global warming. The Government’s expert hadto accept that this was not the case.5. The film claims that a study showed that polar bears had drowned due to disappearing arctic ice. It turned out that Mr. Gore
had misread the study: in fact, four polar bears drowned, and this was because of a particularly violent storm.6. The film threatens that global warming could stop the Gulf Stream, throwing Europe into an ice age. The Claimant’s evidencewas that this was a scientific impossibility.
7. The film blames global warming for species losses, including coral reef bleaching. The Government could not find anyevidence to support this claim.8. The film suggests that sea levels could rise by 7 meters, causing the displacement of millions of people. In fact, the evidence
is that sea levels are expected to rise by about 40 centimeters over the next 100 years and there is no such threat of massivemigration.9. The film claims that rising sea levels has caused the evacuation of certain Pacific islands to New Zealand. The Governmentwas unable to substantiate this, and the Court observed that this appears to be a false claim.
Also, the Court's interim ruling included the following:1. The film suggests that the Greenland ice covering could melt, causing sea levels to rise dangerously. The evidence is thatGreenland will not melt for a millennia.2. The film suggests that the Antarctic ice covering is melting; the evidence was that it is, in fact, increasing.High Court Judge Michael Burton stated:
“Former Vice President Al Gore, the documentary’s moderator, makes nine statements in the film that are not supported by thecurrent mainstream scientific consensus. For instance, Gore’s script implies that Greenland or West Antarctica might melt soon,creating a sea-level rise of up to 20 feet that would cause devastation from San Francisco to the Netherlands to Bangladesh.”The judge called this “distinctly alarmist” and said the consensus view is that if Greenland melted, it would release this amount of
water “but only after, and over, a millennia.”The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally means anyone in the entire world can have
input on this plan.Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. Local Communities are local Big Islandfarmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses, and individuals who live on Big Island or have property on BigIsland that will be personally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effective local community
engagement and management are crucial for the success and sustainability of any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverseperspectives and interests are considered. The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisions to unelected officials. This isNOT okay! This department should not be created. This is on page 188, 40.8.
The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their land use will be changed fromresident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This will drastically lower their property value and opens the door torezone the area. This is not pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. To reduce someone's property value is not okay.This must be made pono again.
There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs to be further researched. There areover 1900 credentialed scientist that say there is no climate danger. Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country
they are from. https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf John Coleman, the first weather man forGood Morning America and the Founder of the Weather Channel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating,"There is no climate danger". He explain the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewable energy, want to makethese changes.
Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan move forward without that? Hilo is22% of the island. 1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads, "Incentivize private land managementpractices that protect and enhance natural resource values and, when appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the
protection of natural resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes. "Protection" means more rules. Who's "values" is this planreferring too because it's not the locals? "Pursue the acquisition of lands" does this say they are going to pursing takingpeople's private property? Again with "protection of natural resources". This plan should be focused on people growingmore food and it is doing the exact opposite! This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island! We need to turn landinto Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan.
Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou Site Plan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf
A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You can see it in the pdf below:Part One: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdf
Part Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdfHere is a longer revised version of the plan from locals: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.
Alyssa Stamey
From:Sophia"s Mom
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:Please consider my testimony on The Hawai"i General Plan
Date:Friday, November 22, 2024 12:02:42 PM
Aloha Honorable Planning Commissioners of Hawai'i County
& Director Kern,
Regarding the General Plan and cultural resources you
focused on today, many cannot be obtained as objectives with
collaboration and partnerships. They must have a foundation
of trust and commitments of financial support which will not
happen unless we manage our citizens money by disclosing
audited, financial reports to the citizens, whose money the
administration of this county is responsible for. This is the
adoption of a measure that will incentivize the participation of
the most important resource, being the people of Hawaii nei,
including our neglected indigenous Hawaiian people!
With mandatory disclosure, including all income, all paid
employees, names of contractors and amounts paid for
services, work, any consulting costs for the County; including
all capital projects and utilities; i.e., our cost of solid waste
services, we will not be aware nor be able to evaluate how
effective the General Plan can be. When this is mandated and
we then mandate money for the restoration, preservation and
maintenance of sacred places and educational opportunities to
learn about our Hawaiian culture and its significance, this will
be the usual rhetoric with no implementation. I agree the
today’s presentation was impressive but I didn’t see any
Hawaiian people involved. So even regarding this
presentation, your objective is not being met in my opinion.
Regarding the General Plan and cultural resources, you know
these cannot be obtained as objectives with collaboration and
partnerships, because they must have a foundation of trust
and commitments of financial support which will not happen
unless we manage our citizens money by disclosing audited,
financial reports to the citizens, whose money the
administration of this county is responsible for. This is the
adoption of a measure that will incentivize the participation of
our true resource which is the people of Hawaii nei, including
our neglected indigenous Hawai'ian people!
Without Geo engineered weather, which is visually observable
by anyone with fairly good eyesight and an open mind, it has
been scientifically challenged. The question of whether
climate change is real, or more propaganda in the well-
financed plan of the WEF, World Economic Forum, to create
a Geo-Engineering is so questionable, we DO NOT WANT TO
place our children's future on disinformation. It could be so
much the indoctrination to commit the crime of stealing our
land, our rights and our resources as we've seen in 3rd world
countries already!
I agree with the native born Hilo, Leslie, and others that have
already testified that the CDP needs to be completed for a very
important area of our island Hilo and that all emergency plans
need to have organized interaction with the civil defense,
which is not happening now under this governor. I helped
form the Waikoloa Village CDP, ever working 100 hours on
the logistics committee to found it. We need to have the
inclusion of amateur Ham radio operators in The General
Plan. This would’ve made a huge difference in the disaster that
occurred in Lahaina Maui.
We need to make, as our priority over all these sections, our
safety first until all hazards for various areas of our island are
covered within the plan have been carefully laid out and
financed in the plan with the accounting needed to quell
objections. The Plan needs to do delineate the repair of these
bridges that are vital and have been not repaired since they
were damaged long time ago. We need to make sure that areas
that landslide as soon as the rain becomes .6”/hour need to be
solved. We have an area at I’ole between Kapa’au and Hawi
that does this.
We also have our entry into the emergency shelter for an
entire North Kohala area line with albezia (sic?) trees. Why in
the world would we allow these things to grow the 20-25 feet
when we know they will prevent access to our main emergency
shelter in the earthquake that’s coming someday ?
We must protect the people first these are the most important
issues and as Brenda Ford mentioned, we cannot frack a rock
which requires its structure in order to produce those lenses of
drinkable water.
Mahalo for your kokua,
April
April Lee
PO Box 190705
Hawi, HI 96719
Sent with Proton Mail secure email.
From:Carolina Visser
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Testimony on General Plan 2045
Date:Friday, November 22, 2024 6:19:23 AM
This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is needed for Big Island!We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! Steve Shropshire, a resident of Papaikou,has created an Ag Villages plan. Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf Papaikou SitePlan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in the plan. You cansee it in the pdf below: PartOne:https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdfPart Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdf
Carolina VisserKau Big Island808 987-4840
From:donna grabow
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan 2045 - Please remove Climate Change exaggerations
Date:Friday, November 22, 2024 8:39:20 AM
Please consider the following as a testimony today, November, 2024
1900 scientists have signed a World Declaration literally stating, "There is No ClimateDanger". Review it here https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf
The declaration states: "To believe the outcome of a climate model is to believe what themodel makers have put in. This is precisely the problem of today’s climate discussion to which
climate models are central. Climate science has degenerated into a discussion based onbeliefs, not on sound self-critical science. Should not we free ourselves from the naive belief
in immature climate models?"
John Coleman, Good Morning America's first weather man and the founder of the Weatherchannel states, "There is No Global Warming". Find it here https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=K56fms2VZTc
“Sea levels have risen on average 1.6 millimeters (0.063 inches) per year between 1900 and
2018.”
That means the sea level has risen a little over 7.4 inches in the last 118 years! Does that show
the world is in danger of being engulfed by water? No. It shows that it will be a very, very,very long time before humans are in danger. Does that mean documentaries like “An
Inconvenient Truth” are telling lies?
Sincerely,
Donna GrabowHilo
From:sharkgssTo:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:Re: General Plan Needs Major Overhaul
Date:Friday, November 22, 2024 11:50:46 AM
Aloha,
In addition to my testimony comments, this link should be a mandatory read for all county planning officials. https://nwri.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/How-Public-Officials-can-Recognize-Agenda-21.pdf
Mahalo,Donna Thompson
Sent with Proton Mail secure email.
On Friday, November 22nd, 2024 at 10:39 AM, sharkgss <sharkgss@protonmail.com> wrote:
Aloha,
After commenting on the 2045 General Plan online, providing extensive testimony and attending workshops it is clear this document needs a great
deal of revision and citizens are not aligned with the draconian template handed down to local communities in Western countries by the WorldEconomic Forum. The original version in 2005 plan contains the words "homeowner" and "farmer" while the 2045 plan is written by and for"stakeholders!"
This is outrageous and the words "homeowner" and "farmer" do not appear anywhere! "Farmer" is in the 2005 GENERAL PLAN fourteen (14) times
and "homeowner" appears four (4) times.
In addition to my original testimonies below being re-submitted I want to add a few more points:
1. The State and the County corporations have no right to acquire land. The State has no right to any County property, including harbors.
2. Remove any reference to "Hawaiʻi State Wildlife Action Plan" it is not relevant for our island.
3. Remove reference to climate change caused by humans, this is unproven and being used as a psychological control mechanism by the top 1%.
This includes removing references to "carbon footprint", "net zero", "greenhouse gas", "green infrastructure" and / or "climate adaptation".
Carbon dioxide sequestration is a really really stupid idea, waste of tax payer funds, and will further degrade our flora.
4. Remove the section 2.2 Biocultural Stewardship Goal (1.13) because State and County corporations are not acting on behalf of its residents
and clearly acting on behalf of stakeholders.
5. Remove the word "stakeholder" from everywhere it appears, and instead use the words "land owner" or "farmer/rancher".
6. Zoning needs to be re-visited - why is Agricultural land being reduced by 40%, unacceptable!!!
7. Remove the words "equity" and "equitable" from everywhere they appear. More emphasis should be on equality of opportunity rather than
equity of results. We do not want to move into communism, people need to work for what they get, and people who have worked and
succeeded need to keep the fruits of their labors. Equity cannot be legislated.
8. Remove the word "sustainability" from everywhere it appears. This term has NO SCIENTIFIC PARAMETERS, NO EFFECTIVE DEFINITION
for anything to do with lawmaking !!
9. Revise the proposed land use maps, they are not fully relevant to our vast micro climates.
10. REMOVE 32c and 32p and 20e because all have to do with the egregious concept of "smart" cities. This is a rural island.
11. Remove ANY reference to digital currencies.
12. Remove ANY use of the word "resilience." This is a psychological term that has NO PLACE in a government document.
13. Close down the County Office of Sustainability, Climate, Equity, and Resilience (OSCER) as NOBODY VOTED FOR THIS OFFICE TO BE
STARTED. Remove ANY reference to such office from the proposed general plan.
14. Reword the governments intention for "inspection" or "surveillance" or "inventory" of land that will not be a violation of privacy rights.
15. Add language regarding the danger of 5G and beyond technology easements and studies.
16. Remove ANY reference to incentivizing or regulating water use and incentivize catchment.
17. Remove the phrase "circular systems". This is a concept only vaguely defined and certainly without any solid demonstration of its use.
18. Remove the phrase "Vision Zero" as it has NO RELEVANCE for our island.
19. Remove the phrase "One Water" as it refers to a North America group and has NO RELEVANCE for our island.
Testimony submitted 27 March 2024
Aloha,
Please consider appointing a team comprised of "stewards" of the community to review and re-write this document. We need a plan that is by the
people and for the people.
Providing comments on the county version live document is a very cumbersome process and not user friendly. Below are relevant comments combined from a few county residents including myself.
Mahalo, Donna Thompson Kamuela, HI
General Comments are as follows:
Suggest subtitle “Stewardship Plan for Hawai’i County”
Overall the plan lacks presentation of relevant issues, proposes some harmful initiatives, contains garbled language, and lacks vital public
input. There is no clear plan for strengthening infrastructure and power grid against space weather.
Stakeholders are stated in the document 47 times. Who are the Stakeholders and Partners with the government? What private and
nonprofit agencies are involved in this process? It is deeply concerning that partnership with landowners and the general public is not
stated anywhere.
The plan should not be finalized until the State legislative session is over, the Governor is done signing/vetoing bills, and the override
deadline has passed to allow for accommodation of relevant changes.
The document appears to be a template handed down from the United Nations Agenda 21 initiative that is using human based climate
change models to implement a one world government attempting to "capture" local governments. Thousands of scientists have come
forward in recent years explaining that the human effect on climate is minuscule as compared to the sun.
The document contains no explanation how the county will handle a breakdown of critical infrastructure (supply chain, energy,
communications) due to impending space weather/solar events in which the Federal Government has been diligently preparing for.
This document lacks sufficient detail in many areas to include tables, and maps. Syntax is sometimes garbled. Few acronyms are
explained. There are notes indicating information may be added later. The table of contents and appendix are missing. Concerns raised by
commenters need to be addressed, and another round of public meetings held, before the plan goes to the Planning Commissions and
County Council.
The comment period needs to be extended, the document is too vague and the code of ethics and professional conduct of the American
Institute of Certified Planners shall provide timely, adequate, clear, and accurate information on planning issues to all affected persons and
to governmental decision makers. See page 4.
Purpose and Authority
Authority Limits of the General Plan
The 2045 General Plan contains no authority to change previously existing subdivisions or Zoning without collective collaboration. It's hard
for community collaboration when the document contains obscure and garbled language. Clarify what is meant by “specific to the actions”
and “because, as” Hawaiʻi Island Goals The goals of the General Plan synthesize those concepts and value statements adopted by
ordinance in the 2005 General Plan and CDPs. The appendix includes tables used to complete the goals, including the source material from
the 2005 General Plan and CDPs. page 8
The LUPAG maps contain numerous zoning changes. Regulatory Implementing Actions in the 2045 General Plan, future land use maps,
policies, and standards are specific to the actions through which zoning ordinances, subdivisions, and public improvements or projects
are initiated or adopted because, as they must conform to and implement the general plan in accordance with the County Charter §3-15. p.
7
Climate Mitigation
A great deal of content is based on Climate Mitigation from human activity which has a minuscule effect on the earth's overall climate. Over
99% of the climate affects are driven by solar activity, cycles, and space weather. The document completely fails to mention the threat of
space weather and is almost entirely focused on carbon emissions promoted by the United Nations Climate Agenda. Our Federal Government has
been preparing for space weather threats for many years, yet the Hawai'i island plan lacks any reference to this even though critical infrastructure
(energy, communications, transportation, and supply chain) is at risk due to increased solar radiation from our weakening magnetosphere. In 2015 the
magnetosphere was down by 40% according to this Federal Doc.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/citations/AD1040918#:~:text=The%20research%20evaluates%20the%20impacts,reversals%20and%20adverse%20space%20weather
In October of 2016 President Obama issued the following executive order Coordinating Efforts To Prepare the Nation for Space
Weather Events - Executive order 13744 (https://www.govinfo.gov/app/details/DCPD-201600692 )
Section 1. Policy. Space weather events, in the form of solar flares, solar energetic particles, and geomagnetic disturbances, occur
regularly, some with measurable effects on critical infrastructure systems and technologies, such as the Global Positioning System (GPS),
satellite operations and communication, aviation, and the electrical power grid. Extreme space weather events—those that could
significantly degrade critical infrastructure—could disable large portions of the electrical power grid, resulting in cascading failures that
would affect key services such as water supply, healthcare, and transportation. Space weather has the potential to simultaneously affect
and disrupt health and safety across entire continents. Successfully preparing for space weather events is an all-of-nation endeavor that
requires partnerships across governments, emergency managers, academia, the media, the insurance industry, non-profits, and the private
sector.
It is the policy of the United States to prepare for space weather events to minimize the extent of economic loss and human hardship. The
Federal Government must have (1) the capability to predict and detect a space weather event, (2) the plans and programs necessary to
alert the public and private sectors to enable mitigating actions for an impending space weather event, (3) the protection and mitigation
plans, protocols, and standards required to reduce risks to critical infrastructure prior to and during a credible threat, and (4) the ability to
respond to and recover from the effects of space weather. Executive departments and agencies (agencies) must coordinate their efforts to
prepare for the effects of space weather events.
Sec. 2. Objectives. This order defines agency roles and responsibilities and directs agencies to take specific actions to prepare the Nation
for the hazardous effects of space weather. These activities are to be implemented in conjunction with those identified in the 2015 National
Space Weather Action Plan (Action Plan) and any subsequent updates. Implementing this order and the Action Plan will require the Federal
Government to work across agencies and to develop, as appropriate, enhanced and innovative partnerships with State, tribal, and local
governments; academia; non-profits; the private sector; and international partners. These efforts will enhance national preparedness and
speed the creation of a space-weather-ready Nation.
https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2016/10/18/2016-25290/coordinating-efforts-to-prepare-the-nation-for-space-weather-events
In October 2016 (about 10 days before the above executive order was signed) the Russian Government hosted a training event of 40 million
civilians, 200,000 emergency rescuers and 50,000 units of equipment from October 4 to October 7, 2016. It took 3 days to do a mock
evacuation of 40 million civilians into 5000 bunkers.This was a massive exercise carried out for the first time in modern history. A
spokesman said in a statement: “The main goal of the drill is to practice organization of management during civil defense events and
emergency and fire management, to check preparedness of management bodies and forces of civil defense on all levels to respond to
natural and man-made disasters and to take civil defense measures.”
https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/717446/russia-evacuate-40-million-people-emergency-drill-vladimir-putin-ww3
Additional info on this: Cataclysmic Polarity Shift , Part 2 - How Can I Prepare For Such An Event? https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=GSHnF2PTz5s
Safe Zones and Disasters
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qpILRrxCMiw
Solar Micronova is Going to Happen
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cEMXp1HlzUs&t=0s
Earth Disaster is Coming | ALL The Evidence https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j635Cv2aOlA&t=0s
Man made geoengineering is an operation primarily used to block out solar radiation and create, distribute, and deflect weather systems. Its
use over many decades is outside the scope of public knowledge and having significant impacts on our environment/weather to include
increased super storms, fires, flooding, droughts, and causing very high levels of aluminum in the soil and tissue samples of all mammals. I
personally have tested hundreds of humans and animals and seen very high levels in all hair analysis tests. This is why Monsanto
developed aluminum resistant seeds, soil in North America is testing 40,000 times higher rates of aluminum in the last 2 decades.
https://www.geoengineeringwatch.org/links-to-geoengineering-patents/
Tennessee and New Hampshire have recently introduced bills to ban this practice.
https://www.tennessean.com/story/news/local/2024/03/20/tennessee-senate-passes-bill-banning-chemtrails-what-to-know/73027586007/
Maui county council passed a bill in 2010 to ban geoengineering and this link explains how it is being used to lessen the effects of solar
radiation. There has been no public oversight or consent to these projects.
http://mauiskywatch.org/info-official-reports/
It is clear based on the above information the governments of the world are preparing for space weather effects due to the
weakening magnetic field, therefore it is critical that the county review and adopt their own contingency plans. Hawaii county
should implement a ban on geoengineering before soil is too toxic with aluminum and when combined with glyphosate it can
cross the blood brain barrier.
Some suggested solutions are environmentally unfriendly, and nuclear power is catastrophically dangerous. Potential of micro nuclear was
mentioned on page 15.
Hawaii State Constitution, article XI, section 8
NUCLEAR ENERGY
Section 8. No nuclear fission power plant shall be constructed or radioactive material disposed of in the State without the prior
approval by a two-thirds vote in each house of the legislature.
We live on an active volcano with frequent earthquakes, threats of hurricanes, tsunamis and unexpected lava flows. Having a nuclear power
plant on this island is a huge liability. It could be cataclysmic and there will always be the issue of storage leaks. In 2011 I experienced the
5.8 earthquake in Orange, VA. It shut down the Lake Anna Nuclear facility for almost 2 years.
There are numerous other types of energy to explore, to include water generated motors that are now used in places like Pakistan and
India. These kits allow existing vehicles to be fitted that use only 2% fuel consumption and 98% water. We should be looking at ways to
harness ocean water for energy. The ocean thermal energy conversion, or OTEC, which uses seawater to turn solar energy into electricity
or hydrokinetic energy or marine renewable energy, is a renewable power source that is harnessed from the natural movement of water,
including waves, tides, and river and ocean currents. These should be considered since water surrounds the entire island.
Climate change threats p. 19
3.3 Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, and other stakeholders to monitor impacts that may be specific to Hawaiʻi
County due to its unique exposure to climate change and sea level rise impacts. Hawai'i County needs to first and foremost collaborate with
the general public. Transparency is needed on exactly how government agencies, private corporations, nonprofit agencies are involved and
explain who these “stakeholders” are.
The planning department should take into consideration that over 1,900 scientists from around the world have signed a declaration that
there is no climate emergency. Climate change has been occurring on this planet all along driven by solar activity and cycles.
https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/WCD-version-081423.pdf
John Coleman, the founder of the weather channel, the first meteorologist on Good Morning America in the 1970’s and the winner of the
Meteorologist of the Year award by the US Association for Meteorology in 1982, has spent 60 years studying the weather. He presents his
view that there is no significant man-made global warming in this half-hour PowerPoint presentation. https://youtu.be/K56fms2VZTc?
si=ZuTpJ-bEnNPCGOkf
WASTE-TO-ENERGY
Two “waste-to-energy” proposals (2008 and 2015) for Hawai’i Island were rejected after months of divisive debate. It was concluded the
island doesn’t generate enough garbage to make it cost effective. O’ahu taxpayers are paying penalties to H-Power
because O’ahu can’t generate enough waste to fulfill the contract.
While some advanced waste treatment technologies are promoted as alternative energy producing, the energy conserved by recycling and
composting the source materials exceeds the amount of energy produced by these technologies by three to five times. There are some
"glass type" building materials that can be produced by the incineration process. Incineration is a form of Destructive Disposal via
combustion or thermal conversion/treatment, using high temperatures of discarded materials into ash/slag, syngas, flue gas, fuel, or heat.
Incineration includes facilities and processes that may be stationary or mobile, may recover energy from heat or power and may use single
or multiple stages. Some forms of incineration may be described as resource recovery, energy recovery, trash to steam, waste to energy,
energy from waste, fluidized bed, catalytic cracking, biomass15, steam electric power plant (burning waste), pyrolysis, thermolysis,
gasification, plasma arc, thermal depolymerization or refuse derived fuel.
Sustainable Development and Resilient Communities
Section 1: Land Use
Table 4: Land Use Challenges Regulations
The current regulatory process dictates that the State Land Use Commission must preside over boundary amendments that exceed 15
acres, which limits the efficiency of ensuring consistency in the land use pattern. p. 25
Land Use Commission protections against unwise development should be maintained when it comes to outside large scale developers.
However, property owners should not have more regulations and rules than they already have.
Table 5: Land Use Opportunities
Coordinate with the Department of Health (DOH) to address unique land use situations on the island related to individual wastewater
systems (IWS) and prioritization of resources. p. 26
Clarification is needed on the meaning of land use situations
Explain clearly what the “rezoning” will be and clarify if AG land will be affected. The current zoning for Hawaii island is 80% AG. Any
reduction of AG is contrary to sustainable production of food.
Transparency is needed on what the “preferred land use pattern” is. The current system should remain, so developments are proposed
one by one, and agencies and communities have time and energy to address impacts.
Policies
Sentence types are mixed, hampering comprehension.
4.3 Zoning, subdivision, and other applicable ordinances shall provide for and protect
open space areas. These new zonings shall not hinder current land owners who have a right to own their property unhindered by
governmental policies.
Declarative sentence
4.4 Support mechanisms, such as Planned Unit Development and Cluster Plan
Development, that cluster density to preserve open space, recreational areas, or scenic viewsheds. p. 27
Define “cluster density”. This should not be in regards to developing apartment style homes.
ENERGY
4.9 Route selection for high-voltage transmission lines should include consideration for setbacks from major thoroughfares and residential
areas. Where feasible, delineate energy corridors for such high-voltage transmission lines. p. 27
Encourage - incentivize “off grid” or distributed power sources, instead of centralized, to increase resiliency.
Priority Actions
4.a Develop a process for County-initiated State Land Use boundary reclassification. p. 28 See related comment for p. 26.
Transparency for “boundary reclassification” is needed. What exactly are the boundaries in question and what will it be reclassified to?
6.d Amend the Zoning Code to allow for Planned Unit Developments (PUD) to become administrative permits and subject to the approval of
the Planning Director. p. 29 This should be deleted! The people do not want to live in Units and these “planned units” are against current
zoning codes.
Table 6: Urban Land Use
Urban Expansion Reserve Allows for a mix of high density, medium density, low density, industrial-commercial mix, and/or natural
designations in areas where growth may be desirable, but where specific settlement and infrastructure have not yet been determined. p. 32
This should be deleted! Mixing housing, industrial, and natural uses can result in severe impacts on safety, health, and natural resources.
Priority Actions
9.d Amend the Zoning Code and Subdivision Code to establish Clustered Rural Subdivision PUD. p. 60
The meaning of “Clustered Rural Subdivision PUD” should be explained.
Objective 10 Support the active use of Productive Agricultural lands.
Policies p. 62 A policy to support small-scale agriculture should be added
.
10.5 Support the development of small-scale visitor accommodations that directly promote the agriculture industry, health and wellness
industry, or are near points of interest. p. 62 Only accommodations that directly promote agriculture should be allowed. More
transparency is needed in reference to the “health and wellness industry” and why they are in this section or remove it. Those industries
are not an integral part of AG land use. They are a bi-product of good farming practices.
10.6 Any subdivision or farm labor housing complex developed on Productive Agricultural Lands should be clustered to minimize impact. p.
62 Define clustered, subdivisions should not be developed on these lands.
There is no proof carbon sequestration will be effective, it is expensive, obtrusive, and the entire premise of global warming from
CO2 level increase is unfounded. Earthquakes, eruptions, floods, and other events release carbon stored underground. CO2 only makes
up 0.04% of our atmosphere and is necessary for photosynthesis.
Priority Actions
10.b Conduct a study to review a maximum developed area consideration for properties designated as Productive Agricultural lands. p. 62
This should be deleted. Private property AG land should not be considered for anything other than what the property owner desires. It
should not be considered for “maximum development”.
10.c Create and adopt a County Agricultural Tourism program p 62
The plan has no merit. Private land owners don’t want to be disturbed. It is also a liability with livestock and trespassing.
10.g Amend the Zoning Code to require Plan Approval for commercial open area recreational uses in the County Agricultural District. p 62
Zoning should NOT be amended in AG land, it is important for sustainability.
Section 2: Transportation Access and Mobility
Table 18: Transportation Key Trends
Investment in Electric Vehicles is counter productive to the environment. Electric Vehicles add a huge strain on the electric grid. They are
very costly to own both in price of car, maintenance, and electric bill. The companies that make EV use fossil fuels. The new gas driven cars
are much lower in emissions and cheaper to buy. Lastly, the batteries in EVs are dangerous during car accidents and toxic to the
environment.
Table 20: Transportation Opportunities
Continuing, Comprehensive, and Cooperative Planning p 68
Traffic plans submitted to planning commissions and County Council typically include
many pages dealing with vehicular traffic and very few pages on bicycles, walking,
wheelchairs, etc. Requirements should be changed so alternative modes receive at least equal consideration, safe bike lanes should be a
high priority to cut down emissions.
Objective 14 Reduce vehicle miles traveled (VMT). p. 78
The Planning Department can create easier and safer methods of travel but have no right to dictate how many miles people drive. The
people’s right to travel shall not be impeded. Delete this section.
Developers should not be granted relief from requirements for sidewalks, bike lanes, etc.
Priority Actions p. 78
The County traffic lights should be set to staggered operating hours for both public and private sectors, to lessen traffic congestion and
improve safety.
Drinking Water p 89
The County, In cooperation with State and Federal government, should support people
on catchment with information about system design, construction, operation,
troubleshooting, and repair, including readily accessible information and assistance for
safeguarding health. Wastewater p 89
Federal government should be removed. This could be a simple information packet that supports off grid lifestyles. Alternatives to
sewers and septic systems should be considered, such as toilets that use little or no water, and water recycling.
Table 25: Public Utility Opportunities
Be a net power producer with hydrogen and waste management. p 91
The meaning of “Be a net power producer with…waste management” should be clarified. Add what are the benefits to hydrogen fuel,
how will vehicles be retrofitted to carry this technology?
Priority Actions
Drinking-Water Conservation p 102
New water bottling plants should be prohibited to prevent depletion of the aquifer.
Drinking-Water Prioritization p. 102
There should be standard requirements for new water wells so parts are
interchangeable. Presently, different developers install different types of wells. So when repairs are needed, parts are not interchangeable
and must be special ordered, often with lengthy delays.
23.k Develop criteria and standards for all variances in water supply p 103
“Variances in water supply” should be explained.
3.5: Wastewater Treatment and Reuse p. 105
Water recycling should be encouraged wherever possible.
24.n Amend HCC, Section 21-26-1(a) requiring “all sewer extensions shall be approved by resolution of the County council” to read, “all
sewer extensions outside of Urban Growth Areas shall be approved by resolution of the County council.” p 109
This should be deleted and County Council oversight should be maintained. This is an overreach of the government.
Section 4: Public Facilities and Services
4.1: Introduction
Table 29: Public Facilities and Services Opportunities
Solid Waste
Investigate and implement innovative waste management technologies and practices, which may include...waste-to-energy conversion...p.
118
“waste-to-energy conversion” should be deleted. See comments for p. 15.
4.5: Recreation
Objective 30
Priority Actions
Recreational Facilities Maintenance and Improvement
30.y…Note: Edit to reflect future code updates. p. 138
30.z …Note: Confirm that this is adequate. p. 138
The edit and confirmation should have been in the draft plan so the public could Comment.
4.6: Community Health and Wellness
Objective 31
Priority Actions
31.h Amend county zoning and building codes as necessary to accommodate home and community-based care elderly care. PD Phase 1
CODE AMENDMENT p. 144
Add “and residential facilities for people with disabilities”.
Section 5: Housing for All
Priority Actions
Neighborhood covenants that require houses to have a minimum square footage should be prohibited. This leads to unnecessary expense
and unnecessary use of resources, and makes housing unaffordable for many people.
Table 40: Economic Key Trends
Poverty Persists p. 161
Information on the number of wealthy people on the island to include total land ownership should be included.
Job Market Characteristics
Tourism drives the arts, entertainment, recreation, accommodation, and food services industries and much of the retail trade, representing a
large portion of employment. p. 162
Measures should be taken to reduce dependence on tourism and focus on producing
food and other necessities locally.
Table 41: Economic Challenges
General p. 163
Data centers are a tremendous drain on electricity and need water for cooling. They generate stressful levels of noise 24 hours a day. Data
centers and nuclear power plants should not be considered.
Agriculture and Food Systems p.164
Support should be Increased for backyard farmers, including gardening advice.
Section 8: Agriculture and Food Systems p. 169
This should be section 7, since it is a higher priority.
Objective 42
Increase interagency coordination, programs, and policy initiatives that improve local
agriculture infrastructure.
Priority Actions
42.g Amend bulk regulations including building materials for agricultural facilities and
infrastructure. (CODE AMENDMENT | PD | phase 1) p. 175
Need more transparency. The plan should be specified with proposed amendments.
42.i Evaluate grubbing and grading ordinances as they pertain to agriculture including the creation of exemption categories for water
storage and aquaculture. (CODE AMENDMENT | PD | phase 1) p. 175
42.m Amend Hawai‘i County Code to include provisions for suitable agricultural infrastructure projects financed by County bonds and liens
on real property of participating agricultural stakeholders, whether such assessments on TMKs involve contiguous parcels of lands
encumbered under an “Agricultural Improvement District”. (CODE AMENDMENT | PD | phase 1) p. 175
More transparency is needed in regards to County bonds and liens on property.
“TMK” should be defined.
GENERAL PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
Introduction
Local Engagement
Foster grassroots participation and balancing of interests by providing opportunities for active civic engagement, where citizens have the
means to collaborate with the government and are empowered to effect positive change consistent with plans developed under this chapter.
p. 202
“The government” should be removed and replaced with the County.
See comment for p. 182.
Community Development Plans p. 204
Urban Development Plans p. 205
Special Area Plans p. 206
Public Agency Functional Plans and Programs p. 206
The General Plan draft should cite statutory authority for each of these.
Public Agency Functional Plans and Programs p. 206
Blocks of text for this section appear to be moved to the wrong spot on the page.
Priorities and Phases
The first phase is the consistency phase and will require a hard look at our policy and planning framework to ensure consistency with this
General Plan. It includes implementation actions such as auditing codes to determine needed updates and updating our Community
Development Plans and other relevant plans. p. 209
There should be ample opportunity for the public to comment. Transparency regarding which codes will be audited and how is crucial.
Phase 1 2024-2029
Revamp of CIP process p. 209
“CIP” should be explained. Proposed changes should be more fully described.
.
COMPARISON OF 2005 AND 2045 PLANS
The 2045 Plan is lacking many features of the 2005 Plan that provided information and facilitated understanding.
Public comment is hampered by the lack of a table of contents for 2045, and by no
mechanism to copy text from the 2005 plan PDF.
2005 2045
Table of Contents none, unless you happen to click on an Icon on the left, which yields
a brief table of contents. Things that are needed include:
List of Tables
List of Maps
Statement of assumptions
Projections re. employment and population
Citation of sources for tables
Maps other than LUPAG maps
Lava hazard zones
Historic sites
Schools
Libraries
Police stations
Fire stations
Courts
Correctional facilities
Hospitals
Landfills and transfer stations
Cemeteries
Electric power generating facilities
Water wells and springs
Wastewater treatment plants
Parks—County, State, Federal
Roadways—detailed maps for various districts
Airports
Wharfs and harbors
Government owned lands: Federal, State, DHHL
Military installations
Testimony comments submitted 25 September 2024 click below
Hide original message
Aloha,
After attending 23 September workshop in Waimea regarding the 2045 Hawaii County plan, it was very clear no one that attended was in favor of
the final proposed draft. The language was not practical for the needs of the community with the most common concern being lack of water to
sustain the projected population growth, followed by land use, lack of affordable housing and transportation needs. My intention as a 33 year national
security expert is to provide overview testimony of more imminent issues in emergency management we as a community must prepare for in addition
to long term planning based on population growth.
Agenda for the 21st Century by Non Governmental Organizations - Stakeholders
In the first sentence of policy rationale executive summary in the 2023 Integrated Climate Action Plan (ICAP) for Hawaii states "The United Nations
(UN) Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change has concluded in its most recent report that human activities have unequivocally caused global
warming."
https://records.hawaiicounty.gov/WebLink/1/edoc/135070/County%20of%20Hawaii%20-%20Integrated%20Climate%20Action%20Plan%20(2023).pdf
This ICAP template is solely focused on human based activities which have less than 1% impact on our climate according to numerous sources. ICAP
also fails to mention space weather events which have far more repercussions to all lifeforms and human civilization. The UN and other non
governmental organizations such as the World Economic Forum (WEF) have been touting this narrative for decades as a mechanism to implement
Agenda 21. The Hawaii County Planning Department should educate on the history of this agenda which is linked to consolidation of power by the few
(Stakeholders) to form a New World Order with full intention to erode individual freedom and sovereign nations. Dr. Jacob Nordangard provides a
historical overview in the video link below. These policies fail to uphold our God given rights and legislators captured by this Agenda have already
begun to introduce draconian bills without understanding repercussions of their actions upon the community. https://rumble.com/v1qxp4i--full-history-
of-the-wef-un-the-climate-change-hoax-covid-19-and-the-people.html
On September 22, 2024 the UN consolidated its reach into sovereign nations despite pushback and adopted the Pact for the Future, in which Heads
of State and Government — representing the peoples of the world — made 56 pledges to action seeking to protect the needs and interests of present
and future generations amid the climate change, crisis and conflict currently gripping the globe. "Nevertheless, at the outset of the meeting, the
representative of the Russian Federation proposed an amendment (document A/79/L.3) to the Pact, stating that “no one is happy with this text”. That
amendment proposed the addition of language relating to the United Nations’ intervention in “matters which are essentially within the
domestic jurisdiction of any State” and to avoiding certain duplication of effort." https://press.un.org/en/2024/ga12627.doc.htm
The rationale behind the Hawaii County plan does not address significant earth changes even though world governments have been
preparing for decades
As of 2015 "The Earth’s core is in the midst of a significant change. During the last 400 years, the geomagnetic field, or magnetosphere, has
declined in strength by a remarkable 40%. Measurements by ESA’s SWARM geomagnetism monitoring satellite array have further confirmed this
change with measurements indicating the magnetic field is weakening ten times faster than previously predicted. The weakening trend in the
magnetic field clearly shows that the Earth’s core is undergoing a substantial transformation. The Earth’s geomagnetic field is responsible for both
shielding the atmosphere and biosphere from the harmful effects of solar and cosmic radiation, and creating conditions on the surface that are ripe for
life. The magnetosphere, then, is the invisible barrier that has played a significant role in protecting the Earth from the harmful effects of space."
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1040918.pdf
Although man-made weather modification thru geoengineering patents are also implicated for the uptick in many local and regional events to include
storms, flooding, and fires (including Lahaina which was blamed on a hurricane over 500 miles away) over the last few decades; it is worth noting that
our sun, planetary alignments, cycles, and space weather ultimately drive weather patterns. According to 50 year meteorologist David Dilley among
others, we are entering a cooling pattern. https://www.geoengineeringwatch.org/links-to-geoengineering-patents/
While non governmental organizations such as the WEF tout climate change is coming from human carbon emissions, world governments are
preparing for adverse space weather during a polarity transition building vast underground infrastructure.
In October 2016 the Obama administration issued Executive Order 13744 to all departments Coordinating Efforts To Prepare the Nation for Space
Weather Events. This executive order was written after the 2015 research document by Tyler J. Williams, Captain, USAF (above link) that evaluated
the impacts to US infrastructure of increases in solar and cosmic radiation regarding the weakening magnetosphere of our planet.
https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2016/10/18/2016-25290/coordinating-efforts-to-prepare-the-nation-for-space-weather-events
Wandering magnetic north pole moving out of Canada toward Siberia
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth's_magnetic_field
Just 10 days before the above executive order was signed, the Russian Government hosted a training event of 40 million civilians, 200,000
emergency rescuers and 50,000 units of equipment from October 4 to October 7, 2016. It took 3 days to do a mock evacuation of 40 million civilians
into 5000 bunkers. This was a massive civil defense exercise carried out for the first time in modern history. It is worth noting that a nuclear war
scenario would not allow time to evacuate that amount of civilians into bunkers.
https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/717446/russia-evacuate-40-million-people-emergency-drill-vladimir-putin-ww3
Hawaii General plan mentions the potential to sequester C02 as rationale to reduce man made impacts, even though temperature levels are
drastically lower now than they have been in 485 million years (see chart above)
Photosynthesis activity in plants requires C02 and only makes up 0.04% of our atmosphere. Reduction of this necessary element would have a
catastrophic chain reaction and is a risk to ALL carbon based lifeforms. Several long-term studies have provided strong support demonstrating that
growing crops under elevated [CO2] can increase photosynthesis and result in an increase in yield, flavour and nutritional content (including but not
limited to Vitamins C, E and pro-vitamin A). In the case of tomato, increases in yield by as much as 80% are observed when plants are cultivated at
1000 ppm [CO2], which is consistent with current commercial greenhouse production methods in the tomato fruit industry. These results provide a clear
demonstration of the potential for elevating [CO2] for improving yield and quality in greenhouse crops.
https://academic.oup.com/hr/article/10/4/uhad026/7049409?login=false
This testimony is to provide overall big picture of extinction level event(s) to instigate community emergency preparedness as part of the
overall plan
Increased solar radiation as a result of the earths weakening magnetosphere and polarity shift will significantly impact survivability of our community.
There will be significant disruptions of the supply chain, challenges with food production, energy blackouts, and limited communications. Community
preparedness for such events are not documented in the draft general plan, meanwhile many eastern hemisphere nations including Russia, Thailand,
and Japan have been preparing for these events with local civil defense for years. Citizens of Hawaii county are aware of the influx of billionaires over
the last 20 years that have had impact on county policy and planning. Many have taken permanent residence and hedging Hawaii island has a good
chance of survivability during these changes.
In light of this information, my suggestion is for our county to birth its own plan based on the needs of the community expressed in numerus
testimonies and include space weather scenarios as potential hazards. County officials would be wise to form a committee of experienced personnel
from various departments - including the local community members with relevant capabilities that can prioritize and draft a community plan that
includes emergency preparedness that is relevant to our our island. We need to focus on independence with agricultural food production, innovative
energy and building technologies and resilience thru preparation to create our own future we want to see.
Mahalo for your service,
Donna Thompson
Kamuela, HI
From:sharkgss
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan Needs Major OverhaulDate:Friday, November 22, 2024 10:40:51 AM
Aloha,
After commenting on the 2045 General Plan online, providing extensive testimony and attending workshops it is clear this document needs a great deal of
revision and citizens are not aligned with the draconian template handed down to local communities in Western countries by the World Economic Forum.The original version in 2005 plan contains the words "homeowner" and "farmer" while the 2045 plan is written by and for "stakeholders!"
This is outrageous and the words "homeowner" and "farmer" do not appear anywhere! "Farmer" is in the 2005 GENERAL PLAN fourteen (14) times and
"homeowner" appears four (4) times.
In addition to my original testimonies below being re-submitted I want to add a few more points:
1. The State and the County corporations have no right to acquire land. The State has no right to any County property, including harbors.
2. Remove any reference to "Hawaiʻi State Wildlife Action Plan" it is not relevant for our island.
3. Remove reference to climate change caused by humans, this is unproven and being used as a psychological control mechanism by the top 1%. This
includes removing references to "carbon footprint", "net zero", "greenhouse gas", "green infrastructure" and / or "climate adaptation". Carbon dioxide
sequestration is a really really stupid idea, waste of tax payer funds, and will further degrade our flora.
4. Remove the section 2.2 Biocultural Stewardship Goal (1.13) because State and County corporations are not acting on behalf of its residents and
clearly acting on behalf of stakeholders.
5. Remove the word "stakeholder" from everywhere it appears, and instead use the words "land owner" or "farmer/rancher".
6. Zoning needs to be re-visited - why is Agricultural land being reduced by 40%, unacceptable!!!
7. Remove the words "equity" and "equitable" from everywhere they appear. More emphasis should be on equality of opportunity rather than equity of
results. We do not want to move into communism, people need to work for what they get, and people who have worked and succeeded need to keep
the fruits of their labors. Equity cannot be legislated.
8. Remove the word "sustainability" from everywhere it appears. This term has NO SCIENTIFIC PARAMETERS, NO EFFECTIVE DEFINITION for
anything to do with lawmaking !!
9. Revise the proposed land use maps, they are not fully relevant to our vast micro climates.
10. REMOVE 32c and 32p and 20e because all have to do with the egregious concept of "smart" cities. This is a rural island.
11. Remove ANY reference to digital currencies.
12. Remove ANY use of the word "resilience." This is a psychological term that has NO PLACE in a government document.
13. Close down the County Office of Sustainability, Climate, Equity, and Resilience (OSCER) as NOBODY VOTED FOR THIS OFFICE TO BE
STARTED. Remove ANY reference to such office from the proposed general plan.
14. Reword the governments intention for "inspection" or "surveillance" or "inventory" of land that will not be a violation of privacy rights.
15. Add language regarding the danger of 5G and beyond technology easements and studies.
16. Remove ANY reference to incentivizing or regulating water use and incentivize catchment.
17. Remove the phrase "circular systems". This is a concept only vaguely defined and certainly without any solid demonstration of its use.
18. Remove the phrase "Vision Zero" as it has NO RELEVANCE for our island.
19. Remove the phrase "One Water" as it refers to a North America group and has NO RELEVANCE for our island.
Testimony submitted 27 March 2024
Aloha,
Please consider appointing a team comprised of "stewards" of the community to review and re-write this document. We need a plan that is by the people
and for the people.
Providing comments on the county version live document is a very cumbersome process and not user friendly. Below are relevant comments combined from
a few county residents including myself.
Mahalo, Donna Thompson Kamuela, HI
General Comments are as follows:
Suggest subtitle “Stewardship Plan for Hawai’i County”
Overall the plan lacks presentation of relevant issues, proposes some harmful initiatives, contains garbled language, and lacks vital public input.
There is no clear plan for strengthening infrastructure and power grid against space weather.
Stakeholders are stated in the document 47 times. Who are the Stakeholders and Partners with the government? What private and nonprofit
agencies are involved in this process? It is deeply concerning that partnership with landowners and the general public is not stated anywhere.
The plan should not be finalized until the State legislative session is over, the Governor is done signing/vetoing bills, and the override deadline
has passed to allow for accommodation of relevant changes.
The document appears to be a template handed down from the United Nations Agenda 21 initiative that is using human based climate change
models to implement a one world government attempting to "capture" local governments. Thousands of scientists have come forward in recent
years explaining that the human effect on climate is minuscule as compared to the sun.
The document contains no explanation how the county will handle a breakdown of critical infrastructure (supply chain, energy, communications)
due to impending space weather/solar events in which the Federal Government has been diligently preparing for.
This document lacks sufficient detail in many areas to include tables, and maps. Syntax is sometimes garbled. Few acronyms are explained.
There are notes indicating information may be added later. The table of contents and appendix are missing. Concerns raised by commenters
need to be addressed, and another round of public meetings held, before the plan goes to the Planning Commissions and County Council.
The comment period needs to be extended, the document is too vague and the code of ethics and professional conduct of the American Institute
of Certified Planners shall provide timely, adequate, clear, and accurate information on planning issues to all affected persons and to
governmental decision makers. See page 4.
Purpose and Authority
Authority Limits of the General Plan
The 2045 General Plan contains no authority to change previously existing subdivisions or Zoning without collective collaboration. It's hard for
community collaboration when the document contains obscure and garbled language. Clarify what is meant by “specific to the actions” and
“because, as” Hawaiʻi Island Goals The goals of the General Plan synthesize those concepts and value statements adopted by ordinance in the
2005 General Plan and CDPs. The appendix includes tables used to complete the goals, including the source material from the 2005
General Plan and CDPs. page 8
The LUPAG maps contain numerous zoning changes. Regulatory Implementing Actions in the 2045 General Plan, future land use maps, policies,
and standards are specific to the actions through which zoning ordinances, subdivisions, and public improvements or projects are initiated or
adopted because, as they must conform to and implement the general plan in accordance with the County Charter §3-15. p. 7
Climate Mitigation
A great deal of content is based on Climate Mitigation from human activity which has a minuscule effect on the earth's overall climate. Over 99%
of the climate affects are driven by solar activity, cycles, and space weather. The document completely fails to mention the threat of space weather
and is almost entirely focused on carbon emissions promoted by the United Nations Climate Agenda. Our Federal Government has been preparing for
space weather threats for many years, yet the Hawai'i island plan lacks any reference to this even though critical infrastructure (energy, communications,
transportation, and supply chain) is at risk due to increased solar radiation from our weakening magnetosphere. In 2015 the magnetosphere was down by
40% according to this Federal Doc.
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/citations/AD1040918#:~:text=The%20research%20evaluates%20the%20impacts,reversals%20and%20adverse%20space%20weather
In October of 2016 President Obama issued the following executive order Coordinating Efforts To Prepare the Nation for Space Weather
Events - Executive order 13744 (https://www.govinfo.gov/app/details/DCPD-201600692 )
Section 1. Policy. Space weather events, in the form of solar flares, solar energetic particles, and geomagnetic disturbances, occur regularly,
some with measurable effects on critical infrastructure systems and technologies, such as the Global Positioning System (GPS), satellite
operations and communication, aviation, and the electrical power grid. Extreme space weather events—those that could significantly degrade
critical infrastructure—could disable large portions of the electrical power grid, resulting in cascading failures that would affect key services such
as water supply, healthcare, and transportation. Space weather has the potential to simultaneously affect and disrupt health and safety across
entire continents. Successfully preparing for space weather events is an all-of-nation endeavor that requires partnerships across governments,
emergency managers, academia, the media, the insurance industry, non-profits, and the private sector.
It is the policy of the United States to prepare for space weather events to minimize the extent of economic loss and human hardship. The Federal
Government must have (1) the capability to predict and detect a space weather event, (2) the plans and programs necessary to alert the public
and private sectors to enable mitigating actions for an impending space weather event, (3) the protection and mitigation plans, protocols, and
standards required to reduce risks to critical infrastructure prior to and during a credible threat, and (4) the ability to respond to and recover from
the effects of space weather. Executive departments and agencies (agencies) must coordinate their efforts to prepare for the effects of space
weather events.
Sec. 2. Objectives. This order defines agency roles and responsibilities and directs agencies to take specific actions to prepare the Nation for the
hazardous effects of space weather. These activities are to be implemented in conjunction with those identified in the 2015 National Space
Weather Action Plan (Action Plan) and any subsequent updates. Implementing this order and the Action Plan will require the Federal Government
to work across agencies and to develop, as appropriate, enhanced and innovative partnerships with State, tribal, and local governments;
academia; non-profits; the private sector; and international partners. These efforts will enhance national preparedness and speed the creation of a
space-weather-ready Nation.
https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2016/10/18/2016-25290/coordinating-efforts-to-prepare-the-nation-for-space-weather-events
In October 2016 (about 10 days before the above executive order was signed) the Russian Government hosted a training event of 40 million
civilians, 200,000 emergency rescuers and 50,000 units of equipment from October 4 to October 7, 2016. It took 3 days to do a mock evacuation
of 40 million civilians into 5000 bunkers.This was a massive exercise carried out for the first time in modern history. A spokesman said in a
statement: “The main goal of the drill is to practice organization of management during civil defense events and emergency and fire management,
to check preparedness of management bodies and forces of civil defense on all levels to respond to natural and man-made disasters and to take
civil defense measures.”
https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/717446/russia-evacuate-40-million-people-emergency-drill-vladimir-putin-ww3
Additional info on this: Cataclysmic Polarity Shift , Part 2 - How Can I Prepare For Such An Event? https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=GSHnF2PTz5s
Safe Zones and Disasters
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qpILRrxCMiw
Solar Micronova is Going to Happen
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cEMXp1HlzUs&t=0s
Earth Disaster is Coming | ALL The Evidence https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j635Cv2aOlA&t=0s
Man made geoengineering is an operation primarily used to block out solar radiation and create, distribute, and deflect weather systems. Its use
over many decades is outside the scope of public knowledge and having significant impacts on our environment/weather to include increased
super storms, fires, flooding, droughts, and causing very high levels of aluminum in the soil and tissue samples of all mammals. I personally have
tested hundreds of humans and animals and seen very high levels in all hair analysis tests. This is why Monsanto developed aluminum resistant
seeds, soil in North America is testing 40,000 times higher rates of aluminum in the last 2 decades.
https://www.geoengineeringwatch.org/links-to-geoengineering-patents/
Tennessee and New Hampshire have recently introduced bills to ban this practice.
https://www.tennessean.com/story/news/local/2024/03/20/tennessee-senate-passes-bill-banning-chemtrails-what-to-know/73027586007/
Maui county council passed a bill in 2010 to ban geoengineering and this link explains how it is being used to lessen the effects of solar radiation.
There has been no public oversight or consent to these projects.
http://mauiskywatch.org/info-official-reports/
It is clear based on the above information the governments of the world are preparing for space weather effects due to the weakening
magnetic field, therefore it is critical that the county review and adopt their own contingency plans. Hawaii county should implement a
ban on geoengineering before soil is too toxic with aluminum and when combined with glyphosate it can cross the blood brain barrier.
Some suggested solutions are environmentally unfriendly, and nuclear power is catastrophically dangerous. Potential of micro nuclear was
mentioned on page 15.
Hawaii State Constitution, article XI, section 8
NUCLEAR ENERGY
Section 8. No nuclear fission power plant shall be constructed or radioactive material disposed of in the State without the prior approval
by a two-thirds vote in each house of the legislature.
We live on an active volcano with frequent earthquakes, threats of hurricanes, tsunamis and unexpected lava flows. Having a nuclear power plant
on this island is a huge liability. It could be cataclysmic and there will always be the issue of storage leaks. In 2011 I experienced the 5.8
earthquake in Orange, VA. It shut down the Lake Anna Nuclear facility for almost 2 years.
There are numerous other types of energy to explore, to include water generated motors that are now used in places like Pakistan and India.
These kits allow existing vehicles to be fitted that use only 2% fuel consumption and 98% water. We should be looking at ways to harness ocean
water for energy. The ocean thermal energy conversion, or OTEC, which uses seawater to turn solar energy into electricity or hydrokinetic energy
or marine renewable energy, is a renewable power source that is harnessed from the natural movement of water, including waves, tides, and river
and ocean currents. These should be considered since water surrounds the entire island.
Climate change threats p. 19
3.3 Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, and other stakeholders to monitor impacts that may be specific to Hawaiʻi
County due to its unique exposure to climate change and sea level rise impacts. Hawai'i County needs to first and foremost collaborate with the
general public. Transparency is needed on exactly how government agencies, private corporations, nonprofit agencies are involved and explain
who these “stakeholders” are.
The planning department should take into consideration that over 1,900 scientists from around the world have signed a declaration that there is no
climate emergency. Climate change has been occurring on this planet all along driven by solar activity and cycles. https://clintel.org/wp-
content/uploads/2023/08/WCD-version-081423.pdf
John Coleman, the founder of the weather channel, the first meteorologist on Good Morning America in the 1970’s and the winner of the
Meteorologist of the Year award by the US Association for Meteorology in 1982, has spent 60 years studying the weather. He presents his view
that there is no significant man-made global warming in this half-hour PowerPoint presentation. https://youtu.be/K56fms2VZTc?si=ZuTpJ-
bEnNPCGOkf
WASTE-TO-ENERGY
Two “waste-to-energy” proposals (2008 and 2015) for Hawai’i Island were rejected after months of divisive debate. It was concluded the island
doesn’t generate enough garbage to make it cost effective. O’ahu taxpayers are paying penalties to H-Power
because O’ahu can’t generate enough waste to fulfill the contract.
While some advanced waste treatment technologies are promoted as alternative energy producing, the energy conserved by recycling and
composting the source materials exceeds the amount of energy produced by these technologies by three to five times. There are some "glass
type" building materials that can be produced by the incineration process. Incineration is a form of Destructive Disposal via combustion or thermal
conversion/treatment, using high temperatures of discarded materials into ash/slag, syngas, flue gas, fuel, or heat. Incineration includes facilities
and processes that may be stationary or mobile, may recover energy from heat or power and may use single or multiple stages. Some forms of
incineration may be described as resource recovery, energy recovery, trash to steam, waste to energy, energy from waste, fluidized bed, catalytic
cracking, biomass15, steam electric power plant (burning waste), pyrolysis, thermolysis, gasification, plasma arc, thermal depolymerization or
refuse derived fuel.
Sustainable Development and Resilient Communities
Section 1: Land Use
Table 4: Land Use Challenges Regulations
The current regulatory process dictates that the State Land Use Commission must preside over boundary amendments that exceed 15 acres,
which limits the efficiency of ensuring consistency in the land use pattern. p. 25
Land Use Commission protections against unwise development should be maintained when it comes to outside large scale developers. However,
property owners should not have more regulations and rules than they already have.
Table 5: Land Use Opportunities
Coordinate with the Department of Health (DOH) to address unique land use situations on the island related to individual wastewater systems
(IWS) and prioritization of resources. p. 26
Clarification is needed on the meaning of land use situations
Explain clearly what the “rezoning” will be and clarify if AG land will be affected. The current zoning for Hawaii island is 80% AG. Any reduction of
AG is contrary to sustainable production of food.
Transparency is needed on what the “preferred land use pattern” is. The current system should remain, so developments are proposed one by
one, and agencies and communities have time and energy to address impacts.
Policies
Sentence types are mixed, hampering comprehension.
4.3 Zoning, subdivision, and other applicable ordinances shall provide for and protect
open space areas. These new zonings shall not hinder current land owners who have a right to own their property unhindered by governmental
policies.
Declarative sentence
4.4 Support mechanisms, such as Planned Unit Development and Cluster Plan
Development, that cluster density to preserve open space, recreational areas, or scenic viewsheds. p. 27
Define “cluster density”. This should not be in regards to developing apartment style homes.
ENERGY
4.9 Route selection for high-voltage transmission lines should include consideration for setbacks from major thoroughfares and residential areas.
Where feasible, delineate energy corridors for such high-voltage transmission lines. p. 27
Encourage - incentivize “off grid” or distributed power sources, instead of centralized, to increase resiliency.
Priority Actions
4.a Develop a process for County-initiated State Land Use boundary reclassification. p. 28 See related comment for p. 26.
Transparency for “boundary reclassification” is needed. What exactly are the boundaries in question and what will it be reclassified to?
6.d Amend the Zoning Code to allow for Planned Unit Developments (PUD) to become administrative permits and subject to the approval of the
Planning Director. p. 29 This should be deleted! The people do not want to live in Units and these “planned units” are against current zoning
codes.
Table 6: Urban Land Use
Urban Expansion Reserve Allows for a mix of high density, medium density, low density, industrial-commercial mix, and/or natural designations in
areas where growth may be desirable, but where specific settlement and infrastructure have not yet been determined. p. 32 This should be
deleted! Mixing housing, industrial, and natural uses can result in severe impacts on safety, health, and natural resources.
Priority Actions
9.d Amend the Zoning Code and Subdivision Code to establish Clustered Rural Subdivision PUD. p. 60
The meaning of “Clustered Rural Subdivision PUD” should be explained.
Objective 10 Support the active use of Productive Agricultural lands.
Policies p. 62 A policy to support small-scale agriculture should be added
.
10.5 Support the development of small-scale visitor accommodations that directly promote the agriculture industry, health and wellness industry,
or are near points of interest. p. 62 Only accommodations that directly promote agriculture should be allowed. More transparency is needed in
reference to the “health and wellness industry” and why they are in this section or remove it. Those industries are not an integral part of AG
land use. They are a bi-product of good farming practices.
10.6 Any subdivision or farm labor housing complex developed on Productive Agricultural Lands should be clustered to minimize impact. p. 62
Define clustered, subdivisions should not be developed on these lands.
There is no proof carbon sequestration will be effective, it is expensive, obtrusive, and the entire premise of global warming from CO2
level increase is unfounded. Earthquakes, eruptions, floods, and other events release carbon stored underground. CO2 only makes up 0.04%
of our atmosphere and is necessary for photosynthesis.
Priority Actions
10.b Conduct a study to review a maximum developed area consideration for properties designated as Productive Agricultural lands. p. 62
This should be deleted. Private property AG land should not be considered for anything other than what the property owner desires. It should not
be considered for “maximum development”.
10.c Create and adopt a County Agricultural Tourism program p 62
The plan has no merit. Private land owners don’t want to be disturbed. It is also a liability with livestock and trespassing.
10.g Amend the Zoning Code to require Plan Approval for commercial open area recreational uses in the County Agricultural District. p 62
Zoning should NOT be amended in AG land, it is important for sustainability.
Section 2: Transportation Access and Mobility
Table 18: Transportation Key Trends
Investment in Electric Vehicles is counter productive to the environment. Electric Vehicles add a huge strain on the electric grid. They are very
costly to own both in price of car, maintenance, and electric bill. The companies that make EV use fossil fuels. The new gas driven cars are much
lower in emissions and cheaper to buy. Lastly, the batteries in EVs are dangerous during car accidents and toxic to the environment.
Table 20: Transportation Opportunities
Continuing, Comprehensive, and Cooperative Planning p 68
Traffic plans submitted to planning commissions and County Council typically include
many pages dealing with vehicular traffic and very few pages on bicycles, walking,
wheelchairs, etc. Requirements should be changed so alternative modes receive at least equal consideration, safe bike lanes should be a high
priority to cut down emissions.
Objective 14 Reduce vehicle miles traveled (VMT). p. 78
The Planning Department can create easier and safer methods of travel but have no right to dictate how many miles people drive. The people’s
right to travel shall not be impeded. Delete this section.
Developers should not be granted relief from requirements for sidewalks, bike lanes, etc.
Priority Actions p. 78
The County traffic lights should be set to staggered operating hours for both public and private sectors, to lessen traffic congestion and improve
safety.
Drinking Water p 89
The County, In cooperation with State and Federal government, should support people
on catchment with information about system design, construction, operation,
troubleshooting, and repair, including readily accessible information and assistance for
safeguarding health. Wastewater p 89
Federal government should be removed. This could be a simple information packet that supports off grid lifestyles. Alternatives to sewers and
septic systems should be considered, such as toilets that use little or no water, and water recycling.
Table 25: Public Utility Opportunities
Be a net power producer with hydrogen and waste management. p 91
The meaning of “Be a net power producer with…waste management” should be clarified. Add what are the benefits to hydrogen fuel, how
will vehicles be retrofitted to carry this technology?
Priority Actions
Drinking-Water Conservation p 102
New water bottling plants should be prohibited to prevent depletion of the aquifer.
Drinking-Water Prioritization p. 102
There should be standard requirements for new water wells so parts are
interchangeable. Presently, different developers install different types of wells. So when repairs are needed, parts are not interchangeable and
must be special ordered, often with lengthy delays.
23.k Develop criteria and standards for all variances in water supply p 103
“Variances in water supply” should be explained.
3.5: Wastewater Treatment and Reuse p. 105
Water recycling should be encouraged wherever possible.
24.n Amend HCC, Section 21-26-1(a) requiring “all sewer extensions shall be approved by resolution of the County council” to read, “all sewer
extensions outside of Urban Growth Areas shall be approved by resolution of the County council.” p 109
This should be deleted and County Council oversight should be maintained. This is an overreach of the government.
Section 4: Public Facilities and Services
4.1: Introduction
Table 29: Public Facilities and Services Opportunities
Solid Waste
Investigate and implement innovative waste management technologies and practices, which may include...waste-to-energy conversion...p. 118
“waste-to-energy conversion” should be deleted. See comments for p. 15.
4.5: Recreation
Objective 30
Priority Actions
Recreational Facilities Maintenance and Improvement
30.y…Note: Edit to reflect future code updates. p. 138
30.z …Note: Confirm that this is adequate. p. 138
The edit and confirmation should have been in the draft plan so the public could Comment.
4.6: Community Health and Wellness
Objective 31
Priority Actions
31.h Amend county zoning and building codes as necessary to accommodate home and community-based care elderly care. PD Phase 1 CODE
AMENDMENT p. 144
Add “and residential facilities for people with disabilities”.
Section 5: Housing for All
Priority Actions
Neighborhood covenants that require houses to have a minimum square footage should be prohibited. This leads to unnecessary expense and
unnecessary use of resources, and makes housing unaffordable for many people.
Table 40: Economic Key Trends
Poverty Persists p. 161
Information on the number of wealthy people on the island to include total land ownership should be included.
Job Market Characteristics
Tourism drives the arts, entertainment, recreation, accommodation, and food services industries and much of the retail trade, representing a large
portion of employment. p. 162
Measures should be taken to reduce dependence on tourism and focus on producing
food and other necessities locally.
Table 41: Economic Challenges
General p. 163
Data centers are a tremendous drain on electricity and need water for cooling. They generate stressful levels of noise 24 hours a day. Data
centers and nuclear power plants should not be considered.
Agriculture and Food Systems p.164
Support should be Increased for backyard farmers, including gardening advice.
Section 8: Agriculture and Food Systems p. 169
This should be section 7, since it is a higher priority.
Objective 42
Increase interagency coordination, programs, and policy initiatives that improve local
agriculture infrastructure.
Priority Actions
42.g Amend bulk regulations including building materials for agricultural facilities and
infrastructure. (CODE AMENDMENT | PD | phase 1) p. 175
Need more transparency. The plan should be specified with proposed amendments.
42.i Evaluate grubbing and grading ordinances as they pertain to agriculture including the creation of exemption categories for water storage and
aquaculture. (CODE AMENDMENT | PD | phase 1) p. 175
42.m Amend Hawai‘i County Code to include provisions for suitable agricultural infrastructure projects financed by County bonds and liens on real
property of participating agricultural stakeholders, whether such assessments on TMKs involve contiguous parcels of lands encumbered under an
“Agricultural Improvement District”. (CODE AMENDMENT | PD | phase 1) p. 175
More transparency is needed in regards to County bonds and liens on property.
“TMK” should be defined.
GENERAL PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
Introduction
Local Engagement
Foster grassroots participation and balancing of interests by providing opportunities for active civic engagement, where citizens have the means to
collaborate with the government and are empowered to effect positive change consistent with plans developed under this chapter. p. 202
“The government” should be removed and replaced with the County.
See comment for p. 182.
Community Development Plans p. 204
Urban Development Plans p. 205
Special Area Plans p. 206
Public Agency Functional Plans and Programs p. 206
The General Plan draft should cite statutory authority for each of these.
Public Agency Functional Plans and Programs p. 206
Blocks of text for this section appear to be moved to the wrong spot on the page.
Priorities and Phases
The first phase is the consistency phase and will require a hard look at our policy and planning framework to ensure consistency with this
General Plan. It includes implementation actions such as auditing codes to determine needed updates and updating our Community
Development Plans and other relevant plans. p. 209
There should be ample opportunity for the public to comment. Transparency regarding which codes will be audited and how is crucial.
Phase 1 2024-2029
Revamp of CIP process p. 209
“CIP” should be explained. Proposed changes should be more fully described.
.
COMPARISON OF 2005 AND 2045 PLANS
The 2045 Plan is lacking many features of the 2005 Plan that provided information and facilitated understanding.
Public comment is hampered by the lack of a table of contents for 2045, and by no
mechanism to copy text from the 2005 plan PDF.
2005 2045
Table of Contents none, unless you happen to click on an Icon on the left, which yields
a brief table of contents. Things that are needed include:
List of Tables
List of Maps
Statement of assumptions
Projections re. employment and population
Citation of sources for tables
Maps other than LUPAG maps
Lava hazard zones
Historic sites
Schools
Libraries
Police stations
Fire stations
Courts
Correctional facilities
Hospitals
Landfills and transfer stations
Cemeteries
Electric power generating facilities
Water wells and springs
Wastewater treatment plants
Parks—County, State, Federal
Roadways—detailed maps for various districts
Airports
Wharfs and harbors
Government owned lands: Federal, State, DHHL
Military installations
Testimony comments submitted 25 September 2024 click below
Hide original message
Aloha,
After attending 23 September workshop in Waimea regarding the 2045 Hawaii County plan, it was very clear no one that attended was in favor of the
final proposed draft. The language was not practical for the needs of the community with the most common concern being lack of water to sustain the
projected population growth, followed by land use, lack of affordable housing and transportation needs. My intention as a 33 year national security expert is
to provide overview testimony of more imminent issues in emergency management we as a community must prepare for in addition to long term planning
based on population growth.
Agenda for the 21st Century by Non Governmental Organizations - Stakeholders
In the first sentence of policy rationale executive summary in the 2023 Integrated Climate Action Plan (ICAP) for Hawaii states "The United Nations (UN)
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change has concluded in its most recent report that human activities have unequivocally caused global warming."
https://records.hawaiicounty.gov/WebLink/1/edoc/135070/County%20of%20Hawaii%20-%20Integrated%20Climate%20Action%20Plan%20(2023).pdf
This ICAP template is solely focused on human based activities which have less than 1% impact on our climate according to numerous sources. ICAP also
fails to mention space weather events which have far more repercussions to all lifeforms and human civilization. The UN and other non governmental
organizations such as the World Economic Forum (WEF) have been touting this narrative for decades as a mechanism to implement Agenda 21. The Hawaii
County Planning Department should educate on the history of this agenda which is linked to consolidation of power by the few (Stakeholders) to form a New
World Order with full intention to erode individual freedom and sovereign nations. Dr. Jacob Nordangard provides a historical overview in the video link
below. These policies fail to uphold our God given rights and legislators captured by this Agenda have already begun to introduce draconian bills without
understanding repercussions of their actions upon the community. https://rumble.com/v1qxp4i--full-history-of-the-wef-un-the-climate-change-hoax-covid-19-
and-the-people.html
On September 22, 2024 the UN consolidated its reach into sovereign nations despite pushback and adopted the Pact for the Future, in which Heads of State
and Government — representing the peoples of the world — made 56 pledges to action seeking to protect the needs and interests of present and future
generations amid the climate change, crisis and conflict currently gripping the globe. "Nevertheless, at the outset of the meeting, the representative of the
Russian Federation proposed an amendment (document A/79/L.3) to the Pact, stating that “no one is happy with this text”. That amendment proposed the
addition of language relating to the United Nations’ intervention in “matters which are essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any State” and
to avoiding certain duplication of effort." https://press.un.org/en/2024/ga12627.doc.htm
The rationale behind the Hawaii County plan does not address significant earth changes even though world governments have been preparing
for decades
As of 2015 "The Earth’s core is in the midst of a significant change. During the last 400 years, the geomagnetic field, or magnetosphere, has declined in
strength by a remarkable 40%. Measurements by ESA’s SWARM geomagnetism monitoring satellite array have further confirmed this change with
measurements indicating the magnetic field is weakening ten times faster than previously predicted. The weakening trend in the magnetic field clearly shows
that the Earth’s core is undergoing a substantial transformation. The Earth’s geomagnetic field is responsible for both shielding the atmosphere and
biosphere from the harmful effects of solar and cosmic radiation, and creating conditions on the surface that are ripe for life. The magnetosphere, then, is the
invisible barrier that has played a significant role in protecting the Earth from the harmful effects of space."
https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/pdfs/AD1040918.pdf
Although man-made weather modification thru geoengineering patents are also implicated for the uptick in many local and regional events to include storms,
flooding, and fires (including Lahaina which was blamed on a hurricane over 500 miles away) over the last few decades; it is worth noting that our sun,
planetary alignments, cycles, and space weather ultimately drive weather patterns. According to 50 year meteorologist David Dilley among others, we are
entering a cooling pattern. https://www.geoengineeringwatch.org/links-to-geoengineering-patents/
While non governmental organizations such as the WEF tout climate change is coming from human carbon emissions, world governments are preparing for
adverse space weather during a polarity transition building vast underground infrastructure.
In October 2016 the Obama administration issued Executive Order 13744 to all departments Coordinating Efforts To Prepare the Nation for Space Weather
Events. This executive order was written after the 2015 research document by Tyler J. Williams, Captain, USAF (above link) that evaluated the impacts to
US infrastructure of increases in solar and cosmic radiation regarding the weakening magnetosphere of our planet.
https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2016/10/18/2016-25290/coordinating-efforts-to-prepare-the-nation-for-space-weather-events
Wandering magnetic north pole moving out of Canada toward Siberia
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth's_magnetic_field
Just 10 days before the above executive order was signed, the Russian Government hosted a training event of 40 million civilians, 200,000 emergency
rescuers and 50,000 units of equipment from October 4 to October 7, 2016. It took 3 days to do a mock evacuation of 40 million civilians into 5000
bunkers. This was a massive civil defense exercise carried out for the first time in modern history. It is worth noting that a nuclear war scenario would not
allow time to evacuate that amount of civilians into bunkers.
https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/717446/russia-evacuate-40-million-people-emergency-drill-vladimir-putin-ww3
Hawaii General plan mentions the potential to sequester C02 as rationale to reduce man made impacts, even though temperature levels are drastically
lower now than they have been in 485 million years (see chart above)
Photosynthesis activity in plants requires C02 and only makes up 0.04% of our atmosphere. Reduction of this necessary element would have a
catastrophic chain reaction and is a risk to ALL carbon based lifeforms. Several long-term studies have provided strong support demonstrating that growing
crops under elevated [CO2] can increase photosynthesis and result in an increase in yield, flavour and nutritional content (including but not limited to Vitamins
C, E and pro-vitamin A). In the case of tomato, increases in yield by as much as 80% are observed when plants are cultivated at 1000 ppm [CO2], which is
consistent with current commercial greenhouse production methods in the tomato fruit industry. These results provide a clear demonstration of the potential for
elevating [CO2] for improving yield and quality in greenhouse crops.
https://academic.oup.com/hr/article/10/4/uhad026/7049409?login=false
This testimony is to provide overall big picture of extinction level event(s) to instigate community emergency preparedness as part of the overall
plan
Increased solar radiation as a result of the earths weakening magnetosphere and polarity shift will significantly impact survivability of our community. There
will be significant disruptions of the supply chain, challenges with food production, energy blackouts, and limited communications. Community preparedness
for such events are not documented in the draft general plan, meanwhile many eastern hemisphere nations including Russia, Thailand, and Japan have
been preparing for these events with local civil defense for years. Citizens of Hawaii county are aware of the influx of billionaires over the last 20 years that
have had impact on county policy and planning. Many have taken permanent residence and hedging Hawaii island has a good chance of survivability during
these changes.
In light of this information, my suggestion is for our county to birth its own plan based on the needs of the community expressed in numerus testimonies and
include space weather scenarios as potential hazards. County officials would be wise to form a committee of experienced personnel from various
departments - including the local community members with relevant capabilities that can prioritize and draft a community plan that includes emergency
preparedness that is relevant to our our island. We need to focus on independence with agricultural food production, innovative energy and building
technologies and resilience thru preparation to create our own future we want to see.
Mahalo for your service,
Donna Thompson
Kamuela, HI
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan Testimony About Electric Vehicles.
Date:Saturday, November 23, 2024 4:12:04 PM
Aloha Commissioners,
Here is the information you need to know before recommending electric cars come to the Big
Island.
https://youtu.be/K5vDWhMHTwE?si=dZdYkT-zdV-QCMap
It will explain What really happens when an electric car catches on fire? And does your fire
department know how to put these raging infernos out?
Please do not bring these cars to the island. It will be like the mongoose, fire ants, and more!
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weightOrder your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 8:50 AM Michelle Melendez<michelle@blossominnerwellness.com> wrote:
Aloha Commissioners,
If this is a plan locals have supported and they're being contacted with each new draft, asMr. Kern stated yesterday, why hasn't one person shown up?
Mr. Kern wasn't sworn in and asked to raise his right hand to swear to tell the truth. I think
he should be.
Concerns about the plan:
"Reduced Miles Traveled" should be changed to "Travel Alternatives". It's against
the Constitution to deprive people of their right to travel. That language must beremoved from the plan or you, and all those who created this plan are in violation of
your oath of office. (No disrespect intended. That is simply the truth.)
Electric Vehicles (EV): They want to put charging stations around Big Island for EV
which will have more impact on the already impacted grid. How this is beingconsidered disturbs me greatly. There are already power-shortages on the island. This
would hinder it even more.
Plus, as I've stated in my previous email, EV's are dangerous. Here is a quote from a
firefighter. “The problem with EVs is that the lithium-ion batteries can actually propagate afire. In fact, they can actually encourage a fire. If a fire has already started and you have
lithium-ion batteries, they can ignite a lot more vigorously compared to any other cars,” said Captain Rahul Khanna, the Global Head of Marine Consulting at Allianz; he has 26
years’ experience in the shipping and maritime industry and 14 years in various ranks onmerchant ships. . Source: “Is It Safe To Ship Thousands Of Electric Cars On Big Ships?” by
Mark Vaughn, May 10, 2022.https://www.autoweek.com/news/industry-news/a39951439/is-it-safe-to-ship-thousands-of-electric-cars-on-big-ships/
How will we remove these dangerous cars once they are retired?
What about the cost to dispose of EV batteries once they are no longer in use? These batteries cannot simply be thrown away. They are toxic to the environment and people. Hawaii is an island. So will you ship these batteries off island or store them and their toxic waste on the island? They should not be allowed
here.
What happens if the grid goes down? How will people charge their EV?
Off Grid Living: This plan wants to work with the DOH around water catchment.
The last thing locals want are more regulations and fines for off grid living. Not oneperson has died from unhealthy water catchment. This should be removed from the
plan. Locals know how to take care of themselves. That is not the government's job.Please help stop government overreach.
Carbon: There is a section on the plan about reducing carbon. This should beremoved. It is government overreach and will increase regulations and reduce freedom
for people under a false premise. The General Plan manager stated that they didresearch with the Federal Government, not actual weather experts and
scientists. Gregg Braden is a geologist, five-time New York Times best-selling author,scientist, international educator, and renowned as a pioneer in the emerging paradigm
based in science, social policy, and human potential, had this to say about the dangersof carbon on the planet: “The idea that carbon dioxide is a poison is a false narrative
to begin with. We are carbon-based beings. By demonizing carbon dioxide andcarbon life, we’re actually demonizing ourselves. Source: “Gregg Braden - Why
“THE POWERS THAT BE” are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OURPlanet?” by Gregg Braden Official, January 11, 2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?
si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
Braden also stated in the same interview: “If you could look at the ice cores in Antarctica
and Greenland, you would see that the temperature of the Earth increases or decreasesaround 800 years before the change in carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide does
not drive the change; it is the response to the temperature change. “We’re being led tobelieve that carbon levels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is going to be
destroyed if they are higher; and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which are not
true.”
Climate Change: This entire section should be removed. It is absolute governmentoverreach again on a false premise. An article at Britannica.com written by Thor
Arthur Hansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and Evolutionat Western Washington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professor of Geological
Sciences at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-checked by TheEditors of Encyclopaedia Britannica and last updated on Feb 7, 2024. The article said
that sea level was higher primarily because the water in the ocean basins wasdisplaced by the enlargement of mid-oceanic ridges . It was not due to carbon! It was
due to the Earth's mantle. Source: “Cretaceous Period,” by Carl Fre Koch, ThorArthur Hansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-Period
If you need more experts proving what they are saying in the plan is false, let me know. It isimportant to have experts give their opinion and not those invested in renewable energy.
Rezoning: The plan will not directly rezone areas but it opens the door to rezoning inmany many areas. This will change people's way of life and have a huge impact on the
future of our keiki. What local would want that?
This plan should be stopped immediately. It is not the plan that 4K locals worked on.
No local would want...
Their property value to be reducedTo turn much of the coastland to conservation and have that impact people's property
value and right to enjoy the landTo have more regulations, policies and fines
To have "incentives" ie. tax increases, to force people to do what the governmentwants
There are no sections in the plan for:
Supporting people to grow more food.
The needed CDP for HiloMore roads to evacuate from South Kona, Waikoloa, and Puna
No mention of the fracking that is going on here Supporting and enhancing the systems that are already here
This plan does not support this island. It is a massive government overreach.
Mahalo for your time. My passion is not meant to be disrespectful. I know you arevolunteers and I more than appreciate what you're doing. Standing up and saying this is a no
go, won't be easy. For the future of this island and the keiki, I hope you're brave enough todo it.
Mahalo Nui Loa,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:IMPORTANT Testimony on General Plan 2045 (Mahalo for your kōkua)
Date:Saturday, November 23, 2024 8:51:15 AM
Aloha Commissioners,
If this is a plan locals have supported and they're being contacted with each new draft, as Mr.
Kern stated yesterday, why hasn't one person shown up?
Mr. Kern wasn't sworn in and asked to raise his right hand to swear to tell the truth. I think heshould be.
Concerns about the plan:
"Reduced Miles Traveled" should be changed to "Travel Alternatives". It's against theConstitution to deprive people of their right to travel. That language must be removed
from the plan or you, and all those who created this plan are in violation of your oath ofoffice. (No disrespect intended. That is simply the truth.)
Electric Vehicles (EV): They want to put charging stations around Big Island for EVwhich will have more impact on the already impacted grid. How this is being considered
disturbs me greatly. There are already power-shortages on the island. This would hinderit even more.
Plus, as I've stated in my previous email, EV's are dangerous. Here is a quote from afirefighter. “The problem with EVs is that the lithium-ion batteries can actually propagate a
fire. In fact, they can actually encourage a fire. If a fire has already started and you havelithium-ion batteries, they can ignite a lot more vigorously compared to any other cars ,” said
Captain Rahul Khanna, the Global Head of Marine Consulting at Allianz; he has 26 years’experience in the shipping and maritime industry and 14 years in various ranks on merchant
ships. . Source: “Is It Safe To Ship Thousands Of Electric Cars On Big Ships?” by MarkVaughn, May 10, 2022.https://www.autoweek.com/news/industry-news/a39951439/is-it-safe-
to-ship-thousands-of-electric-cars-on-big-ships/
How will we remove these dangerous cars once they are retired? What about the cost to dispose of EV batteries once they are no longer in use?
These batteries cannot simply be thrown away. They are toxic to the environment and people. Hawaii is an island. So will you ship these batteries off island or store them and their
toxic waste on the island? They should not be allowed here.
What happens if the grid goes down? How will people charge their EV?
Off Grid Living: This plan wants to work with the DOH around water catchment. Thelast thing locals want are more regulations and fines for off grid living. Not one person
has died from unhealthy water catchment. This should be removed from the plan. Localsknow how to take care of themselves. That is not the government's job. Please help stop
government overreach.
Carbon: There is a section on the plan about reducing carbon. This should be removed.
It is government overreach and will increase regulations and reduce freedom for peopleunder a false premise. The General Plan manager stated that they did research with the
Federal Government, not actual weather experts and scientists. Gregg Braden is ageologist, five-time New York Times best-selling author, scientist, international
educator, and renowned as a pioneer in the emerging paradigm based in science, socialpolicy, and human potential, had this to say about the dangers of carbon on the planet:
“The idea that carbon dioxide is a poison is a false narrative to begin with. We arecarbon-based beings. By demonizing carbon dioxide and carbon life, we’re actually
demonizing ourselves. Source: “Gregg Braden - Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” areSo Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OUR Planet?” by Gregg Braden Official,
January 11, 2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
Braden also stated in the same interview: “If you could look at the ice cores in Antarctica and
Greenland, you would see that the temperature of the Earth increases or decreasesaround 800 years before the change in carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide does not
drive the change; it is the response to the temperature change. “We’re being led to believethat carbon levels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is going to be destroyed if
they are higher; and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which are not true.”
Climate Change: This entire section should be removed. It is absolute government
overreach again on a false premise. An article at Britannica.com written by Thor ArthurHansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and Evolution at
Western Washington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professor of GeologicalSciences at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-checked by The
Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica and last updated on Feb 7, 2024. The article saidthat sea level was higher primarily because the water in the ocean basins was displaced
by the enlargement of mid-oceanic ridges . It was not due to carbon! It was due to theEarth's mantle. Source: “Cretaceous Period,” by Carl Fre Koch, Thor Arthur
Hansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-Period
If you need more experts proving what they are saying in the plan is false, let me know. It is
important to have experts give their opinion and not those invested in renewable energy.
Rezoning: The plan will not directly rezone areas but it opens the door to rezoning in
many many areas. This will change people's way of life and have a huge impact on thefuture of our keiki. What local would want that?
This plan should be stopped immediately. It is not the plan that 4K locals worked on.
No local would want...
Their property value to be reduced
To turn much of the coastland to conservation and have that impact people's propertyvalue and right to enjoy the land
To have more regulations, policies and finesTo have "incentives" ie. tax increases, to force people to do what the government wants
There are no sections in the plan for:
Supporting people to grow more food.
The needed CDP for Hilo
More roads to evacuate from South Kona, Waikoloa, and PunaNo mention of the fracking that is going on here
Supporting and enhancing the systems that are already here
This plan does not support this island. It is a massive government overreach.
Mahalo for your time. My passion is not meant to be disrespectful. I know you are volunteers
and I more than appreciate what you're doing. Standing up and saying this is a no go, won't beeasy. For the future of this island and the keiki, I hope you're brave enough to do it.
Mahalo Nui Loa,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:Electric Vehicle Danger too Big Island General Plan Testimony About Electric Vehicles.
Date:Sunday, November 24, 2024 10:45:28 AM
Aloha Commissioners,
Homeowner questions EV safety after fire destroys her Nocatee homehttps://youtu.be/SIpXkQhq1ps?si=GvZusjNOx7-hvNUi
These cars should not be brought to Big Island. What if this happens in Waikoloa or another
fire danger zone. Another Lahaina disaster!
Arizona woman trapped in Tesla after battery dies
https://youtu.be/zxzILnZJyfk?si=yISCaXkoVwDgIEX7
Billionaire Dies After Accidentally Backing Tesla Into Pond
https://youtu.be/taWMcCs1sVg?si=rTfdocIprJ-zFdgl
These cars will wreak havoc on our power grid and are dangerous to the Big Island
and its residents. Recommend they be removed from the plan.
Kind Regards,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 4:10 PM Michelle Melendez <michelle@blossominnerwellness.com>wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
Here is the information you need to know before recommending electric cars come to theBig Island.
https://youtu.be/K5vDWhMHTwE?si=dZdYkT-zdV-QCMap
It will explain What really happens when an electric car catches on fire? And does your fire
department know how to put these raging infernos out?
Please do not bring these cars to the island. It will be like the mongoose, fire ants, and more!
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 8:50 AM Michelle Melendez
<michelle@blossominnerwellness.com> wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
If this is a plan locals have supported and they're being contacted with each new draft, as
Mr. Kern stated yesterday, why hasn't one person shown up?
Mr. Kern wasn't sworn in and asked to raise his right hand to swear to tell the truth. I thinkhe should be.
Concerns about the plan:
"Reduced Miles Traveled" should be changed to "Travel Alternatives". It's againstthe Constitution to deprive people of their right to travel. That language must be
removed from the plan or you, and all those who created this plan are in violation ofyour oath of office. (No disrespect intended. That is simply the truth.)
Electric Vehicles (EV): They want to put charging stations around Big Island forEV which will have more impact on the already impacted grid. How this is being
considered disturbs me greatly. There are already power-shortages on the island.This would hinder it even more.
Plus, as I've stated in my previous email, EV's are dangerous. Here is a quote from afirefighter. “The problem with EVs is that the lithium-ion batteries can actually propagate
a fire. In fact, they can actually encourage a fire. If a fire has already started and youhave lithium-ion batteries, they can ignite a lot more vigorously compared to any other
cars ,” said Captain Rahul Khanna, the Global Head of Marine Consulting at Allianz; hehas 26 years’ experience in the shipping and maritime industry and 14 years in various
ranks on merchant ships. . Source: “Is It Safe To Ship Thousands Of Electric Cars On BigShips?” by Mark Vaughn, May 10, 2022.https://www.autoweek.com/news/industry-
news/a39951439/is-it-safe-to-ship-thousands-of-electric-cars-on-big-ships/
How will we remove these dangerous cars once they are retired? What about the cost to dispose of EV batteries once they are no longer in use?
These batteries cannot simply be thrown away. They are toxic to the environment and people. Hawaii is an island. So will you ship these batteries off island or store them and
their toxic waste on the island? They should not be allowed here.
What happens if the grid goes down? How will people charge their EV?
Off Grid Living: This plan wants to work with the DOH around water catchment.The last thing locals want are more regulations and fines for off grid living. Not one
person has died from unhealthy water catchment. This should be removed from theplan. Locals know how to take care of themselves. That is not the government's job.
Please help stop government overreach.
Carbon: There is a section on the plan about reducing carbon. This should be
removed. It is government overreach and will increase regulations and reducefreedom for people under a false premise. The General Plan manager stated that
they did research with the Federal Government, not actual weather experts andscientists. Gregg Braden is a geologist, five-time New York Times best-selling
author, scientist, international educator, and renowned as a pioneer in the emergingparadigm based in science, social policy, and human potential, had this to say about
the dangers of carbon on the planet: “The idea that carbon dioxide is a poison is afalse narrative to begin with. We are carbon-based beings. By demonizing carbon
dioxide and carbon life, we’re actually demonizing ourselves. Source: “GreggBraden - Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon
Dioxide on OUR Planet?” by Gregg Braden Official, January 11,2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
Braden also stated in the same interview: “If you could look at the ice cores in Antarcticaand Greenland, you would see that the temperature of the Earth increases or decreases
around 800 years before the change in carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide doesnot drive the change; it is the response to the temperature change. “We’re being led to
believe that carbon levels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is going to be
destroyed if they are higher; and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which are
not true.”
Climate Change: This entire section should be removed. It is absolute government
overreach again on a false premise. An article at Britannica.com written by ThorArthur Hansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and
Evolution at Western Washington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professorof Geological Sciences at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-
checked by The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica and last updated on Feb 7,2024. The article said that sea level was higher primarily because the water in
the ocean basins was displaced by the enlargement of mid-oceanic ridges . It wasnot due to carbon! It was due to the Earth's mantle. Source: “Cretaceous Period,” by
Carl Fre Koch, Thor ArthurHansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-Period
If you need more experts proving what they are saying in the plan is false, let me know. Itis important to have experts give their opinion and not those invested in renewable
energy.
Rezoning: The plan will not directly rezone areas but it opens the door to rezoning
in many many areas. This will change people's way of life and have a huge impacton the future of our keiki. What local would want that?
This plan should be stopped immediately. It is not the plan that 4K locals worked on.
No local would want...
Their property value to be reduced
To turn much of the coastland to conservation and have that impact people'sproperty value and right to enjoy the land
To have more regulations, policies and fines
To have "incentives" ie. tax increases, to force people to do what the governmentwants
There are no sections in the plan for:
Supporting people to grow more food.
The needed CDP for HiloMore roads to evacuate from South Kona, Waikoloa, and Puna
No mention of the fracking that is going on here Supporting and enhancing the systems that are already here
This plan does not support this island. It is a massive government overreach.
Mahalo for your time. My passion is not meant to be disrespectful. I know you arevolunteers and I more than appreciate what you're doing. Standing up and saying this is a
no go, won't be easy. For the future of this island and the keiki, I hope you're braveenough to do it.
Mahalo Nui Loa,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan Testimony About Hawaiian Land
Date:Sunday, November 24, 2024 1:09:00 PM
Aloha Commissioners,
Hawaii House Minority Leader Representative Diamond Garcia said, "The Homeland
Commission Act was passed in 1920 by Republican Congressman Prince Kuhio, and put intolaw in 1921. It was set to have 208,000 acres of Hawaii land for native Hawaiians."
Why does the State want to take more land from the people instead of honouring this law and
give land back to Hawaiian natives?
This plan will not support Big Island or her people.
You do not have to go through the motions and move it forward. There are so many thingswrong with it. You can stop it.
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 4:10 PM Michelle Melendez <michelle@blossominnerwellness.com>wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
Here is the information you need to know before recommending electric cars come to theBig Island.
https://youtu.be/K5vDWhMHTwE?si=dZdYkT-zdV-QCMap
It will explain What really happens when an electric car catches on fire? And does your fire
department know how to put these raging infernos out?
Please do not bring these cars to the island. It will be like the mongoose, fire ants, and more!
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 8:50 AM Michelle Melendez<michelle@blossominnerwellness.com> wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
If this is a plan locals have supported and they're being contacted with each new draft, asMr. Kern stated yesterday, why hasn't one person shown up?
Mr. Kern wasn't sworn in and asked to raise his right hand to swear to tell the truth. I thinkhe should be.
Concerns about the plan:
"Reduced Miles Traveled" should be changed to "Travel Alternatives". It's againstthe Constitution to deprive people of their right to travel. That language must beremoved from the plan or you, and all those who created this plan are in violation ofyour oath of office. (No disrespect intended. That is simply the truth.)
Electric Vehicles (EV): They want to put charging stations around Big Island forEV which will have more impact on the already impacted grid. How this is beingconsidered disturbs me greatly. There are already power-shortages on the island.This would hinder it even more.
Plus, as I've stated in my previous email, EV's are dangerous. Here is a quote from afirefighter. “The problem with EVs is that the lithium-ion batteries can actually propagatea fire. In fact, they can actually encourage a fire. If a fire has already started and youhave lithium-ion batteries, they can ignite a lot more vigorously compared to any othercars ,” said Captain Rahul Khanna, the Global Head of Marine Consulting at Allianz; hehas 26 years’ experience in the shipping and maritime industry and 14 years in variousranks on merchant ships. . Source: “Is It Safe To Ship Thousands Of Electric Cars On BigShips?” by Mark Vaughn, May 10, 2022.https://www.autoweek.com/news/industry-news/a39951439/is-it-safe-to-ship-thousands-of-electric-cars-on-big-ships/
How will we remove these dangerous cars once they are retired? What about the cost to dispose of EV batteries once they are no longer in use? These batteries cannot simply be thrown away. They are toxic to the environment and people. Hawaii is an island. So will you ship these batteries off island or store them and their toxic waste on the island? They should not be allowed here.
What happens if the grid goes down? How will people charge their EV?
Off Grid Living: This plan wants to work with the DOH around water catchment.The last thing locals want are more regulations and fines for off grid living. Not oneperson has died from unhealthy water catchment. This should be removed from theplan. Locals know how to take care of themselves. That is not the government's job.Please help stop government overreach.
Carbon: There is a section on the plan about reducing carbon. This should beremoved. It is government overreach and will increase regulations and reducefreedom for people under a false premise. The General Plan manager stated that
they did research with the Federal Government, not actual weather experts andscientists. Gregg Braden is a geologist, five-time New York Times best-selling
author, scientist, international educator, and renowned as a pioneer in the emergingparadigm based in science, social policy, and human potential, had this to say about
the dangers of carbon on the planet: “The idea that carbon dioxide is a poison is afalse narrative to begin with. We are carbon-based beings. By demonizing carbon
dioxide and carbon life, we’re actually demonizing ourselves. Source: “GreggBraden - Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon
Dioxide on OUR Planet?” by Gregg Braden Official, January 11,2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
Braden also stated in the same interview: “If you could look at the ice cores in Antarcticaand Greenland, you would see that the temperature of the Earth increases or decreases
around 800 years before the change in carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide doesnot drive the change; it is the response to the temperature change. “We’re being led to
believe that carbon levels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is going to be
destroyed if they are higher; and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which are
not true.”
Climate Change: This entire section should be removed. It is absolute government
overreach again on a false premise. An article at Britannica.com written by ThorArthur Hansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and
Evolution at Western Washington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professorof Geological Sciences at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-
checked by The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica and last updated on Feb 7,2024. The article said that sea level was higher primarily because the water in
the ocean basins was displaced by the enlargement of mid-oceanic ridges . It wasnot due to carbon! It was due to the Earth's mantle. Source: “Cretaceous Period,” by
Carl Fre Koch, Thor ArthurHansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-Period
If you need more experts proving what they are saying in the plan is false, let me know. Itis important to have experts give their opinion and not those invested in renewable
energy.
Rezoning: The plan will not directly rezone areas but it opens the door to rezoning
in many many areas. This will change people's way of life and have a huge impacton the future of our keiki. What local would want that?
This plan should be stopped immediately. It is not the plan that 4K locals worked on.
No local would want...
Their property value to be reduced
To turn much of the coastland to conservation and have that impact people'sproperty value and right to enjoy the land
To have more regulations, policies and finesTo have "incentives" ie. tax increases, to force people to do what the government
wants
There are no sections in the plan for:
Supporting people to grow more food. The needed CDP for Hilo
More roads to evacuate from South Kona, Waikoloa, and PunaNo mention of the fracking that is going on here
Supporting and enhancing the systems that are already here
This plan does not support this island. It is a massive government overreach.
Mahalo for your time. My passion is not meant to be disrespectful. I know you are
volunteers and I more than appreciate what you're doing. Standing up and saying this is ano go, won't be easy. For the future of this island and the keiki, I hope you're brave
enough to do it.
Mahalo Nui Loa,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan: Question About Your Comments After Testimonies
Date:Sunday, November 24, 2024 4:23:08 PM
Aloha Commissioners,
I heard that you changed "Stakeholders" to "Interested Parties". That was not the issue.
Even though the word "Stakeholder" should be changed, the issue is the definition. It reads as if anyonein the entire world can influence the Big Island GP. That is the problem we have. Change the definitionalong with the name.
It would be better to change it to "Local Communities". The definition could be: All local communitiesincluding homeowners, farmers, Big Island investors, renters, business owners.
I sent you an email about this earlier with the complete definition. I'd be very grateful if you usedthat.
Local Communities are who should have the most influence on our GP, not just anyone. ----------------------------Agenda 21 is not in the plan. We were talking about the fact that this GP 2045 is modeled like the UNAgenda 21 plan. This is not good.
You will understand more if you watch Rosa Koire, who went around the nation speaking to CountyCouncils. She was a 30 year director of transportation for the State of California and an expert witnesson Eminent Domain. https://youtu.be/o8-bcAwc28s?si=inEsFE-ZYs2k86hk
The video above will let you know why we are all very concerned about this plan. It would be greatlyappreciated if you watched it. Even if it's only 10 minutes.
----------------------------
Page 32: Environmental Protection should be changed to Environmental Stewardship. Protectionimplies more rules and regulations and "incentives" i.e. higher taxes if people don't comply. Not okay.
We need to grow more food and be stewards of the land so Big Island is more self-sufficient and notreduce the use of available land to grow more food on.
Here is an amazing Ag Village plan that should absolutely be in the plan: Ag Village to add to the General Plan: Papaikou Ag Village Objectives: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf Papaikou SitePlan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf Papaikou Development: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf --------------------------------
Lastly, page 32 "Social & Cultural Equity" should change to "Thriving Communities". The word"Equity" opens the door to more rules and regulations. It means fairness. Who gets to decidewhat is fair?
I think we've all had enough of the models of "fairness" in the world that are separatingpeople.
Make it "Thriving Communities" and instead of focusing on what is fair, let's focus on how ourcommunities can thrive together. --------------------------------
I really appreciate you all making an effort to understand what we are talking about.
This plan will set up the future of our island. We must get it right for future generations to thrive andbe happy.
Mahalo for your amazing diligence,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sun, Nov 24, 2024 at 1:08 PM Michelle Melendez <michelle@blossominnerwellness.com> wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
Hawaii House Minority Leader Representative Diamond Garcia said, "The Homeland CommissionAct was passed in 1920 by Republican Congressman Prince Kuhio, and put into law in 1921. It wasset to have 208,000 acres of Hawaii land for native Hawaiians."
Why does the State want to take more land from the people instead of honouring this law and giveland back to Hawaiian natives?
This plan will not support Big Island or her people.
You do not have to go through the motions and move it forward. There are so many things wrongwith it. You can stop it.
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 4:10 PM Michelle Melendez <michelle@blossominnerwellness.com> wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
Here is the information you need to know before recommending electric cars come to the BigIsland.
https://youtu.be/K5vDWhMHTwE?si=dZdYkT-zdV-QCMap
It will explain What really happens when an electric car catches on fire? And does your fire
department know how to put these raging infernos out?
Please do not bring these cars to the island. It will be like the mongoose, fire ants, and more!
Mahalo,Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weightOrder your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 8:50 AM Michelle Melendez <michelle@blossominnerwellness.com>wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
If this is a plan locals have supported and they're being contacted with each new draft, as Mr.Kern stated yesterday, why hasn't one person shown up?
Mr. Kern wasn't sworn in and asked to raise his right hand to swear to tell the truth. I think heshould be.
Concerns about the plan:
"Reduced Miles Traveled" should be changed to "Travel Alternatives". It's against theConstitution to deprive people of their right to travel. That language must be removed fromthe plan or you, and all those who created this plan are in violation of your oath of office.(No disrespect intended. That is simply the truth.)
Electric Vehicles (EV): They want to put charging stations around Big Island for EVwhich will have more impact on the already impacted grid. How this is being considereddisturbs me greatly. There are already power-shortages on the island. This would hinder iteven more.
Plus, as I've stated in my previous email, EV's are dangerous. Here is a quote from afirefighter. “The problem with EVs is that the lithium-ion batteries can actually propagate a fire.In fact, they can actually encourage a fire. If a fire has already started and you have lithium-ionbatteries, they can ignite a lot more vigorously compared to any other cars ,” said Captain RahulKhanna, the Global Head of Marine Consulting at Allianz; he has 26 years’ experience in theshipping and maritime industry and 14 years in various ranks on merchant ships. . Source: “Is ItSafe To Ship Thousands Of Electric Cars On Big Ships?” by Mark Vaughn, May 10,2022.https://www.autoweek.com/news/industry-news/a39951439/is-it-safe-to-ship-thousands-of-electric-cars-on-big-ships/
How will we remove these dangerous cars once they are retired? What about the cost to dispose of EV batteries once they are no longer in use? These batteries cannot simply be thrown away. They are toxic to the environment and people. Hawaii is an island. So will you ship these batteries off island or store them and their toxic waste on the island? They should not be allowed here.
What happens if the grid goes down? How will people charge their EV?
Off Grid Living: This plan wants to work with the DOH around water catchment. The lastthing locals want are more regulations and fines for off grid living. Not one person has diedfrom unhealthy water catchment. This should be removed from the plan. Locals know howto take care of themselves. That is not the government's job. Please help stop governmentoverreach.
Carbon: There is a section on the plan about reducing carbon. This should be removed. Itis government overreach and will increase regulations and reduce freedom for people undera false premise. The General Plan manager stated that they did research with the FederalGovernment, not actual weather experts and scientists. Gregg Braden is a geologist, five-time New York Times best-selling author, scientist, international educator, and renownedas a pioneer in the emerging paradigm based in science, social policy, and human potential,had this to say about the dangers of carbon on the planet: “The idea that carbon dioxide is apoison is a false narrative to begin with. We are carbon-based beings. By demonizingcarbon dioxide and carbon life, we’re actually demonizing ourselves. Source: “GreggBraden - Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide onOUR Planet?” by Gregg Braden Official, January 11, 2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
Braden also stated in the same interview: “If you could look at the ice cores in Antarctica andGreenland, you would see that the temperature of the Earth increases or decreases around 800years before the change in carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide does not drive thechange; it is the response to the temperature change. “We’re being led to believe that carbonlevels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is going to be destroyed if they are higher;
and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which are not true.”
Climate Change: This entire section should be removed. It is absolute governmentoverreach again on a false premise. An article at Britannica.com written by Thor ArthurHansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and Evolution at WesternWashington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professor of Geological Sciences at OldDominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-checked by The Editors ofEncyclopaedia Britannica and last updated on Feb 7, 2024. The article said that sea levelwas higher primarily because the water in the ocean basins was displaced by theenlargement of mid-oceanic ridges . It was not due to carbon! It was due to the Earth'smantle. Source: “Cretaceous Period,” by Carl Fre Koch, Thor ArthurHansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-Period
If you need more experts proving what they are saying in the plan is false, let me know. It isimportant to have experts give their opinion and not those invested in renewable energy.
Rezoning: The plan will not directly rezone areas but it opens the door to rezoning in manymany areas. This will change people's way of life and have a huge impact on the future ofour keiki. What local would want that?
This plan should be stopped immediately. It is not the plan that 4K locals worked on.
No local would want...
Their property value to be reducedTo turn much of the coastland to conservation and have that impact people's property valueand right to enjoy the landTo have more regulations, policies and finesTo have "incentives" ie. tax increases, to force people to do what the government wants
There are no sections in the plan for:
Supporting people to grow more food. The needed CDP for HiloMore roads to evacuate from South Kona, Waikoloa, and PunaNo mention of the fracking that is going on here Supporting and enhancing the systems that are already here
This plan does not support this island. It is a massive government overreach.
Mahalo for your time. My passion is not meant to be disrespectful. I know you are volunteers andI more than appreciate what you're doing. Standing up and saying this is a no go, won't be easy.For the future of this island and the keiki, I hope you're brave enough to do it.
Mahalo Nui Loa, Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weightOrder your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Michelle Melendez
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony
Subject:GP 2045 Commissioner Rodiguez"s question
Date:Sunday, November 24, 2024 11:17:59 AM
Aloha Commissioners,
Commissioner Rodiguez asked if "Climate Change" could be changed to "Pollution to get
more people on board" with the plan.
You can't just change a word and keep all the regulations and policies in the plan. That provesthe reason for the regulations is false.
I have sent you numerous experts from around the world that state there is no climate
danger. Even a judge in Great Britain. What evidence has the Planning Department shown thatthere is climate danger? None. Is Hilo or Kona underwater or have any indication that it is a
threat? No.
Their "Climate Change" narrative is a theory with no evidence. The entire section on "ClimateChange" must be taken out.
Look at the plan. Look at all the regulations and policies and rezoning language. Look at how
the land use, and many other areas in the plan will take private property for "conservation". Isthat what the Big Island needs? People are stewards of the land. They shouldn't be kicked off
it. We should be growing food, not conserving land.
I appreciate that a Commissioner wants people to be on board with the plan. However, we willnever be on board with a plan that wants to regulate us to death, take private property, and has
so much government overreach that our keiki will not be able to own land or live free if thisplan moves forward. That is not over exaggerating. It is the truth.
This plan was not created by locals.There is no way locals would have wanted any of this. The
things that are important to the people are not included in the plan at all. It should not moveforward.
With Respect,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 4:10 PM Michelle Melendez <michelle@blossominnerwellness.com>wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
Here is the information you need to know before recommending electric cars come to theBig Island.
https://youtu.be/K5vDWhMHTwE?si=dZdYkT-zdV-QCMap
It will explain What really happens when an electric car catches on fire? And does your fire
department know how to put these raging infernos out?
Please do not bring these cars to the island. It will be like the mongoose, fire ants, and more!
Mahalo,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
On Sat, Nov 23, 2024 at 8:50 AM Michelle Melendez<michelle@blossominnerwellness.com> wrote:Aloha Commissioners,
If this is a plan locals have supported and they're being contacted with each new draft, asMr. Kern stated yesterday, why hasn't one person shown up?
Mr. Kern wasn't sworn in and asked to raise his right hand to swear to tell the truth. I thinkhe should be.
Concerns about the plan:
"Reduced Miles Traveled" should be changed to "Travel Alternatives". It's againstthe Constitution to deprive people of their right to travel. That language must beremoved from the plan or you, and all those who created this plan are in violation ofyour oath of office. (No disrespect intended. That is simply the truth.)
Electric Vehicles (EV): They want to put charging stations around Big Island forEV which will have more impact on the already impacted grid. How this is beingconsidered disturbs me greatly. There are already power-shortages on the island.This would hinder it even more.
Plus, as I've stated in my previous email, EV's are dangerous. Here is a quote from afirefighter. “The problem with EVs is that the lithium-ion batteries can actually propagatea fire. In fact, they can actually encourage a fire. If a fire has already started and youhave lithium-ion batteries, they can ignite a lot more vigorously compared to any othercars ,” said Captain Rahul Khanna, the Global Head of Marine Consulting at Allianz; hehas 26 years’ experience in the shipping and maritime industry and 14 years in variousranks on merchant ships. . Source: “Is It Safe To Ship Thousands Of Electric Cars On BigShips?” by Mark Vaughn, May 10, 2022.https://www.autoweek.com/news/industry-news/a39951439/is-it-safe-to-ship-thousands-of-electric-cars-on-big-ships/
How will we remove these dangerous cars once they are retired? What about the cost to dispose of EV batteries once they are no longer in use?
These batteries cannot simply be thrown away. They are toxic to the environment and people. Hawaii is an island. So will you ship these batteries off island or store them and
their toxic waste on the island? They should not be allowed here.
What happens if the grid goes down? How will people charge their EV?
Off Grid Living: This plan wants to work with the DOH around water catchment.The last thing locals want are more regulations and fines for off grid living. Not one
person has died from unhealthy water catchment. This should be removed from theplan. Locals know how to take care of themselves. That is not the government's job.
Please help stop government overreach.
Carbon: There is a section on the plan about reducing carbon. This should be
removed. It is government overreach and will increase regulations and reducefreedom for people under a false premise. The General Plan manager stated that
they did research with the Federal Government, not actual weather experts andscientists. Gregg Braden is a geologist, five-time New York Times best-selling
author, scientist, international educator, and renowned as a pioneer in the emergingparadigm based in science, social policy, and human potential, had this to say about
the dangers of carbon on the planet: “The idea that carbon dioxide is a poison is afalse narrative to begin with. We are carbon-based beings. By demonizing carbon
dioxide and carbon life, we’re actually demonizing ourselves. Source: “GreggBraden - Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon
Dioxide on OUR Planet?” by Gregg Braden Official, January 11,2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
Braden also stated in the same interview: “If you could look at the ice cores in Antarcticaand Greenland, you would see that the temperature of the Earth increases or decreases
around 800 years before the change in carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide doesnot drive the change; it is the response to the temperature change. “We’re being led to
believe that carbon levels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is going to be
destroyed if they are higher; and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which are
not true.”
Climate Change: This entire section should be removed. It is absolute government
overreach again on a false premise. An article at Britannica.com written by ThorArthur Hansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and
Evolution at Western Washington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professorof Geological Sciences at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-
checked by The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica and last updated on Feb 7,2024. The article said that sea level was higher primarily because the water in
the ocean basins was displaced by the enlargement of mid-oceanic ridges . It wasnot due to carbon! It was due to the Earth's mantle. Source: “Cretaceous Period,” by
Carl Fre Koch, Thor ArthurHansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-Period
If you need more experts proving what they are saying in the plan is false, let me know. Itis important to have experts give their opinion and not those invested in renewable
energy.
Rezoning: The plan will not directly rezone areas but it opens the door to rezoning
in many many areas. This will change people's way of life and have a huge impacton the future of our keiki. What local would want that?
This plan should be stopped immediately. It is not the plan that 4K locals worked on.
No local would want...
Their property value to be reduced
To turn much of the coastland to conservation and have that impact people'sproperty value and right to enjoy the land
To have more regulations, policies and finesTo have "incentives" ie. tax increases, to force people to do what the government
wants
There are no sections in the plan for:
Supporting people to grow more food. The needed CDP for Hilo
More roads to evacuate from South Kona, Waikoloa, and PunaNo mention of the fracking that is going on here
Supporting and enhancing the systems that are already here
This plan does not support this island. It is a massive government overreach.
Mahalo for your time. My passion is not meant to be disrespectful. I know you are
volunteers and I more than appreciate what you're doing. Standing up and saying this is ano go, won't be easy. For the future of this island and the keiki, I hope you're brave
enough to do it.
Mahalo Nui Loa,
Michelle Melendez-Freedom Activist
Fitness and Wellness Expert Since 1996
Author Of The Best Selling and 4x Award Winning Book,
End Dieting Hell: How to find peace in your body and release the weight
Order your copy of End Dieting Hell Click Here
"Great Maui Land Grab" NOW Available here
From:Rebecca Melendez
To:LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony
Subject:General Plan Opposing Testimony
Date:Monday, November 25, 2024 7:41:54 PM
Dear Council Members,
I ask you to please sincerely look at and ask why the Hawai'i Planning Department is changing
Land Titles all over the Big Island in their General Plan because this will affect the peoplewho own these lands and their families' futures, as well please look for high-end developers
Land Title changes from agriculture to urban because this will cause serious issues on the BigIsland and high-end developers land titles should NOT be changed in a General Plan.
The Big Island has a lot of resource issues and high-end developer's land should NOT have
their Land Titles changed in the General Plan.
Here are a few resource News Articles that prove my point about Big Island resources:
Hawaiian Electric Customers On Big Island Urged To Conserve Power - Honolulu Civil Beat
Microsoft Word - Unit Blueprint - Hawaii's Freshwater Ecosystems.doc
Here is a petition that will give you more information on Big Island resources with 530signatures asking for no more developments because the island's resources need to be
addressed Petition · Help Big Island Resources and Infrastructure Stay Safe For ALL WhoLive Here and Visit - United States · Change.org
This General Plan is extremely vague at times and it could mean more than one thing in many
different areas. They need to make this plan extremely clear for all of us to understand theirtrue intentions.
This General Plan's map is very challenging to understand, and CANNOT be understood by
the average resident. They need a map that will show simple photos of what they want tochange and why, with who made all these changes and where is their research on why these
changes are a goodidea. https://experience.arcgis.com/experience/f073ef273f054cea97b12bf658def023/page/Land-
Use/
Why are they not using any of the past General Plan's? This is a good question to ask to learnwhy they want to completely change Big Island.
I was sent this information. Please watch for this kind of information in their General Plan.
I just saw the new plans for Kona by SmartCode which was published by New Urban
Publications Inc. A guide line used for other communities. Basically expect more apartment
buildings, smaller communities within walking distance to transits. Also more lower incomeapartments instead of houses. The Civic center that will be built will stand out above all
other buildings. It will be the gathering place for communities. Skimming through theseplans I see no need for vehicles, churches or homes. 1.3.3 Block and Building- f.ThatCIVIC
BUILDINGS and public gathering places be provided as locations that reinforce community
identity and support self-government. g.ThatCIVIC BUILDINGS be distinctive and
appropriate to a role more important than the other buildings that constitute fabric of village.
Kind of reminds me of hunger games and a 15min city combined.
PLEASE STAND AND STOP THIS GENERAL PLAN FROM CREATING ACOMPLETELY DIFFERENT KIND OF COMMUNITY ON THE ISLAND THAT WILL
FAVOR HIGH-END DEVELOPERS. PLEASE KEEP THE BIG ISLAND'S LAND ANDCOMMUNITY SAFE FOR ALL WHO LIVE HERE. PLEASE PROTECT PERSONAL
PRIVATE LANDS FROM LAND USE TITLE CHANGES AND OTHER CHANGESSTATED IN THIS PLAN THAT WILL AFFECT THEIR LAND FOREVER.
Thank you for hearing our voices.
Sincerely,
Rebecca Melendez
P.S.
Please watch for the above issues in this General Plan because the Hawai'i Planning DirectorZendo Kern is NOT for the preservation of the land, is NOT for community voices, is NOT
for the protection of marine life and island resources, and IS for high-end developers:
Hundreds Of Hawaii Island Residents Protest Proposed Housing Project In Punaluu -Honolulu Civil Beat and the Hawai'i Planning Director didn't listen to community voices and
favored this developer.
petition: All Who Oppose the Resort in Punaluʻu Ka'ū This petition has almost 19,000signatures trying to SAVE Punalu'u from development and still Zendo Kern gave the "green
light" for this development.
Polluted runoff in Hawaii endangers green sea turtlesChemservice News This article waswritten 10 years ago saying harmful pollution has come from developments and Zendo Kern
still favored high-end developments for years after.
New Directors of Housing, Planning In Hawai‘i County Tied to Developers
Conflict of interest? Kern signs off on approval of project he represented as a planningconsultant - West Hawaii Today